New upstream version 3.5.99.27

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/Imakefile

@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+#include <Server.tmpl>
+
+       SRCS = 	allowev.c \
+		chgkbd.c \
+		chgdctl.c \
+		chgfctl.c \
+		chgkmap.c \
+		chgprop.c \
+		chgptr.c \
+		closedev.c \
+		devbell.c \
+		exevents.c \
+		extinit.c \
+		getdctl.c \
+		getfctl.c \
+		getfocus.c \
+		getbmap.c \
+		getkmap.c \
+		getmmap.c \
+		getprop.c \
+		getselev.c \
+		getvers.c \
+		gtmotion.c \
+		grabdev.c \
+		grabdevb.c \
+		grabdevk.c \
+		listdev.c \
+		opendev.c \
+		queryst.c \
+		selectev.c \
+		sendexev.c \
+		setdval.c \
+		setfocus.c \
+		setmode.c \
+		setbmap.c \
+		setmmap.c \
+		stubs.c \
+		ungrdev.c \
+		ungrdevb.c \
+		ungrdevk.c
+
+       OBJS =   allowev.o \
+		chgkbd.o \
+		chgdctl.o \
+		chgfctl.o \
+		chgkmap.o \
+		chgprop.o \
+		chgptr.o \
+		closedev.o \
+		devbell.o \
+		exevents.o \
+		extinit.o \
+		getdctl.o \
+		getfctl.o \
+		getfocus.o \
+		getbmap.o \
+		getkmap.o \
+		getmmap.o \
+		getprop.o \
+		getselev.o \
+		getvers.o \
+		gtmotion.o \
+		grabdev.o \
+		grabdevb.o \
+		grabdevk.o \
+		listdev.o \
+		opendev.o \
+		queryst.o \
+		selectev.o \
+		sendexev.o \
+		setdval.o \
+		setfocus.o \
+		setmode.o \
+		setbmap.o \
+		setmmap.o \
+		ungrdev.o \
+		ungrdevb.o \
+		ungrdevk.o
+   INCLUDES = -I../include -I$(EXTINCSRC) -I$(XINCLUDESRC) `pkg-config --cflags-only-I pixman-1`
+   LINTLIBS = ../dix/llib-ldix.ln ../os/llib-los.ln
+
+#if defined(NXAgentServer) && NXAgentServer
+ NX_DEFINES = -DNXAGENT_SERVER
+#endif
+
+    DEFINES = $(NX_DEFINES)
+
+NormalLibraryTarget(xinput,$(OBJS))
+NormalLibraryObjectRule()
+LintLibraryTarget(xinput,$(SRCS))
+NormalLintTarget($(SRCS))
+
+DependTarget()

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/allowev.c

@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1989, 1998  The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+Copyright 1989 by Hewlett-Packard Company, Palo Alto, California.
+
+			All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Hewlett-Packard not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+HEWLETT-PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+HEWLETT-PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Function to allow frozen events to be routed from extension input devices.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <nx-X11/X.h>	/* for inputstr.h    */
+#include <nx-X11/Xproto.h>	/* Request macro     */
+#include "inputstr.h"	/* DeviceIntPtr      */
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XI.h>
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
+
+#include "extnsionst.h"
+#include "extinit.h"	/* LookupDeviceIntRec */
+#include "exglobals.h"
+
+#include "allowev.h"
+#include "dixevents.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure allows frozen events to be routed.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+SProcXAllowDeviceEvents(register ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xAllowDeviceEventsReq);
+    swaps(&stuff->length);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xAllowDeviceEventsReq);
+    swapl(&stuff->time);
+    return (ProcXAllowDeviceEvents(client));
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure allows frozen events to be routed.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+ProcXAllowDeviceEvents(register ClientPtr client)
+{
+    TimeStamp time;
+    DeviceIntPtr thisdev;
+
+    REQUEST(xAllowDeviceEventsReq);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xAllowDeviceEventsReq);
+
+    thisdev = LookupDeviceIntRec(stuff->deviceid);
+    if (thisdev == NULL) {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_AllowDeviceEvents, 0, BadDevice);
+	return Success;
+    }
+    time = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->time);
+
+    switch (stuff->mode) {
+    case ReplayThisDevice:
+	AllowSome(client, time, thisdev, NOT_GRABBED);
+	break;
+    case SyncThisDevice:
+	AllowSome(client, time, thisdev, FREEZE_NEXT_EVENT);
+	break;
+    case AsyncThisDevice:
+	AllowSome(client, time, thisdev, THAWED);
+	break;
+    case AsyncOtherDevices:
+	AllowSome(client, time, thisdev, THAW_OTHERS);
+	break;
+    case SyncAll:
+	AllowSome(client, time, thisdev, FREEZE_BOTH_NEXT_EVENT);
+	break;
+    case AsyncAll:
+	AllowSome(client, time, thisdev, THAWED_BOTH);
+	break;
+    default:
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_AllowDeviceEvents, 0, BadValue);
+	client->errorValue = stuff->mode;
+	return Success;
+    }
+    return Success;
+}

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/allowev.h

@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net>
+
+                        All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of the above listed
+copyright holder(s) not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining
+to distribution of the software without specific, written prior
+permission.
+
+THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD
+TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
+AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ALLOWEV_H
+#define ALLOWEV_H 1
+
+int SProcXAllowDeviceEvents(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+int ProcXAllowDeviceEvents(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+#endif /* ALLOWEV_H */

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/chgdctl.c

@@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1989, 1998  The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+Copyright 1989 by Hewlett-Packard Company, Palo Alto, California.
+
+			All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Hewlett-Packard not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+HEWLETT-PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+HEWLETT-PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+/********************************************************************
+ *
+ *  Change Device control attributes for an extension device.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <nx-X11/X.h>	/* for inputstr.h    */
+#include <nx-X11/Xproto.h>	/* Request macro     */
+#include "inputstr.h"	/* DeviceIntPtr      */
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XI.h>
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XIproto.h>	/* control constants */
+#include "XIstubs.h"
+
+#include "extnsionst.h"
+#include "extinit.h"	/* LookupDeviceIntRec */
+#include "exglobals.h"
+
+#include "chgdctl.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure changes the control attributes for an extension device,
+ * for clients on machines with a different byte ordering than the server.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+SProcXChangeDeviceControl(register ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xChangeDeviceControlReq);
+    swaps(&stuff->length);
+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_EXTRA_SIZE(xChangeDeviceControlReq, sizeof(xDeviceCtl));
+    swaps(&stuff->control);
+    return (ProcXChangeDeviceControl(client));
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Change the control attributes.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+ProcXChangeDeviceControl(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    unsigned len;
+    int i, status;
+    DeviceIntPtr dev;
+    xDeviceResolutionCtl *r;
+    xChangeDeviceControlReply rep;
+    AxisInfoPtr a;
+    CARD32 *resolution;
+
+    REQUEST(xChangeDeviceControlReq);
+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_EXTRA_SIZE(xChangeDeviceControlReq, sizeof(xDeviceCtl));
+
+    len = stuff->length - (sizeof(xChangeDeviceControlReq) >> 2);
+    dev = LookupDeviceIntRec(stuff->deviceid);
+    if (dev == NULL) {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_ChangeDeviceControl, 0,
+			  BadDevice);
+	return Success;
+    }
+
+    rep.repType = X_Reply;
+    rep.RepType = X_ChangeDeviceControl;
+    rep.length = 0;
+    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+
+    switch (stuff->control) {
+    case DEVICE_RESOLUTION:
+	r = (xDeviceResolutionCtl *) & stuff[1];
+	if ((len < (sizeof(xDeviceResolutionCtl) >> 2)) ||
+	    (len != (sizeof(xDeviceResolutionCtl) >> 2) + r->num_valuators)) {
+	    SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_ChangeDeviceControl,
+			      0, BadLength);
+	    return Success;
+	}
+	if (!dev->valuator) {
+	    SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_ChangeDeviceControl, 0,
+			      BadMatch);
+	    return Success;
+	}
+	if ((dev->grab) && !SameClient(dev->grab, client)) {
+	    rep.status = AlreadyGrabbed;
+	    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xChangeDeviceControlReply), &rep);
+	    return Success;
+	}
+	resolution = (CARD32 *) (r + 1);
+	if (r->first_valuator + r->num_valuators > dev->valuator->numAxes) {
+	    SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_ChangeDeviceControl, 0,
+			      BadValue);
+	    return Success;
+	}
+	status = ChangeDeviceControl(client, dev, (xDeviceCtl *) r);
+	if (status == Success) {
+	    a = &dev->valuator->axes[r->first_valuator];
+	    for (i = 0; i < r->num_valuators; i++)
+		if (*(resolution + i) < (a + i)->min_resolution ||
+		    *(resolution + i) > (a + i)->max_resolution) {
+		    SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode,
+				      X_ChangeDeviceControl, 0, BadValue);
+		    return Success;
+		}
+	    for (i = 0; i < r->num_valuators; i++)
+		(a++)->resolution = *resolution++;
+	} else if (status == DeviceBusy) {
+	    rep.status = DeviceBusy;
+	    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xChangeDeviceControlReply), &rep);
+	    return Success;
+	} else {
+	    SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_ChangeDeviceControl, 0,
+			      BadMatch);
+	    return Success;
+	}
+	break;
+    default:
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_ChangeDeviceControl, 0, BadValue);
+	return Success;
+    }
+    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xChangeDeviceControlReply), &rep);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure writes the reply for the xChangeDeviceControl function,
+ * if the client and server have a different byte ordering.
+ *
+ */
+
+void
+SRepXChangeDeviceControl(ClientPtr client, int size,
+			 xChangeDeviceControlReply * rep)
+{
+    swaps(&rep->sequenceNumber);
+    swapl(&rep->length);
+    WriteToClient(client, size, rep);
+}

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/chgdctl.h

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net>
+
+                        All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of the above listed
+copyright holder(s) not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining
+to distribution of the software without specific, written prior
+permission.
+
+THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD
+TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
+AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef CHGDCTL_H
+#define CHGDCTL_H 1
+
+int SProcXChangeDeviceControl(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+int ProcXChangeDeviceControl(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+void SRepXChangeDeviceControl(ClientPtr /* client */ ,
+			      int /* size */ ,
+			      xChangeDeviceControlReply *	/* rep */
+    );
+
+#endif /* CHGDCTL_H */

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/chgfctl.c

@@ -0,0 +1,572 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1989, 1998  The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+Copyright 1989 by Hewlett-Packard Company, Palo Alto, California.
+
+			All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Hewlett-Packard not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+HEWLETT-PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+HEWLETT-PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+/********************************************************************
+ *
+ *  Change feedback control attributes for an extension device.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <nx-X11/X.h>	/* for inputstr.h    */
+#include <nx-X11/Xproto.h>	/* Request macro     */
+#include "inputstr.h"	/* DeviceIntPtr      */
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XI.h>
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XIproto.h>	/* control constants */
+
+#include "extnsionst.h"
+#include "extinit.h"	/* LookupDeviceIntRec */
+#include "exglobals.h"
+
+#include "chgfctl.h"
+
+#define DO_ALL    (-1)
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure changes the control attributes for an extension device,
+ * for clients on machines with a different byte ordering than the server.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+SProcXChangeFeedbackControl(register ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xChangeFeedbackControlReq);
+    swaps(&stuff->length);
+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xChangeFeedbackControlReq);
+    swapl(&stuff->mask);
+    return (ProcXChangeFeedbackControl(client));
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Change the control attributes.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+ProcXChangeFeedbackControl(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    unsigned len;
+    DeviceIntPtr dev;
+    KbdFeedbackPtr k;
+    PtrFeedbackPtr p;
+    IntegerFeedbackPtr i;
+    StringFeedbackPtr s;
+    BellFeedbackPtr b;
+    LedFeedbackPtr l;
+
+    REQUEST(xChangeFeedbackControlReq);
+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xChangeFeedbackControlReq);
+
+    len = stuff->length - (sizeof(xChangeFeedbackControlReq) >> 2);
+    dev = LookupDeviceIntRec(stuff->deviceid);
+    if (dev == NULL) {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_ChangeFeedbackControl, 0,
+			  BadDevice);
+	return Success;
+    }
+
+    switch (stuff->feedbackid) {
+    case KbdFeedbackClass:
+	if (len != (sizeof(xKbdFeedbackCtl) >> 2)) {
+	    SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_ChangeFeedbackControl,
+			      0, BadLength);
+	    return Success;
+	}
+	for (k = dev->kbdfeed; k; k = k->next)
+	    if (k->ctrl.id == ((xKbdFeedbackCtl *) & stuff[1])->id) {
+		ChangeKbdFeedback(client, dev, stuff->mask, k,
+				  (xKbdFeedbackCtl *) & stuff[1]);
+		return Success;
+	    }
+	break;
+    case PtrFeedbackClass:
+	if (len != (sizeof(xPtrFeedbackCtl) >> 2)) {
+	    SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_ChangeFeedbackControl,
+			      0, BadLength);
+	    return Success;
+	}
+	for (p = dev->ptrfeed; p; p = p->next)
+	    if (p->ctrl.id == ((xPtrFeedbackCtl *) & stuff[1])->id) {
+		ChangePtrFeedback(client, dev, stuff->mask, p,
+				  (xPtrFeedbackCtl *) & stuff[1]);
+		return Success;
+	    }
+	break;
+    case StringFeedbackClass:
+    {
+	xStringFeedbackCtl *f = ((xStringFeedbackCtl *) & stuff[1]);
+	    if (client->swapped)
+		{
+		if (len < (sizeof(xStringFeedbackCtl) + 3) >> 2)
+		    return BadLength;
+		swaps(&f->num_keysyms);
+	}
+	if (len != ((sizeof(xStringFeedbackCtl) >> 2) + f->num_keysyms)) {
+	    SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_ChangeFeedbackControl,
+			      0, BadLength);
+	    return Success;
+	}
+	for (s = dev->stringfeed; s; s = s->next)
+	    if (s->ctrl.id == ((xStringFeedbackCtl *) & stuff[1])->id) {
+		ChangeStringFeedback(client, dev, stuff->mask, s,
+				     (xStringFeedbackCtl *) & stuff[1]);
+		return Success;
+	    }
+	break;
+    }
+    case IntegerFeedbackClass:
+	if (len != (sizeof(xIntegerFeedbackCtl) >> 2)) {
+	    SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_ChangeFeedbackControl,
+			      0, BadLength);
+	    return Success;
+	}
+	for (i = dev->intfeed; i; i = i->next)
+	    if (i->ctrl.id == ((xIntegerFeedbackCtl *) & stuff[1])->id) {
+		ChangeIntegerFeedback(client, dev, stuff->mask, i,
+				      (xIntegerFeedbackCtl *) & stuff[1]);
+		return Success;
+	    }
+	break;
+    case LedFeedbackClass:
+	if (len != (sizeof(xLedFeedbackCtl) >> 2)) {
+	    SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_ChangeFeedbackControl,
+			      0, BadLength);
+	    return Success;
+	}
+	for (l = dev->leds; l; l = l->next)
+	    if (l->ctrl.id == ((xLedFeedbackCtl *) & stuff[1])->id) {
+		ChangeLedFeedback(client, dev, stuff->mask, l,
+				  (xLedFeedbackCtl *) & stuff[1]);
+		return Success;
+	    }
+	break;
+    case BellFeedbackClass:
+	if (len != (sizeof(xBellFeedbackCtl) >> 2)) {
+	    SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_ChangeFeedbackControl,
+			      0, BadLength);
+	    return Success;
+	}
+	for (b = dev->bell; b; b = b->next)
+	    if (b->ctrl.id == ((xBellFeedbackCtl *) & stuff[1])->id) {
+		ChangeBellFeedback(client, dev, stuff->mask, b,
+				   (xBellFeedbackCtl *) & stuff[1]);
+		return Success;
+	    }
+	break;
+    default:
+	break;
+    }
+
+    SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_ChangeFeedbackControl, 0, BadMatch);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure changes KbdFeedbackClass data.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+ChangeKbdFeedback(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, long unsigned int mask,
+		  KbdFeedbackPtr k, xKbdFeedbackCtl * f)
+{
+    KeybdCtrl kctrl;
+    int t;
+    int key = DO_ALL;
+
+    if (client->swapped) {
+	swaps(&f->length);
+	swaps(&f->pitch);
+	swaps(&f->duration);
+	swapl(&f->led_mask);
+	swapl(&f->led_values);
+    }
+
+    kctrl = k->ctrl;
+    if (mask & DvKeyClickPercent) {
+	t = f->click;
+	if (t == -1)
+	    t = defaultKeyboardControl.click;
+	else if (t < 0 || t > 100) {
+	    client->errorValue = t;
+	    SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_ChangeFeedbackControl, 0,
+			      BadValue);
+	    return Success;
+	}
+	kctrl.click = t;
+    }
+
+    if (mask & DvPercent) {
+	t = f->percent;
+	if (t == -1)
+	    t = defaultKeyboardControl.bell;
+	else if (t < 0 || t > 100) {
+	    client->errorValue = t;
+	    SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_ChangeFeedbackControl, 0,
+			      BadValue);
+	    return Success;
+	}
+	kctrl.bell = t;
+    }
+
+    if (mask & DvPitch) {
+	t = f->pitch;
+	if (t == -1)
+	    t = defaultKeyboardControl.bell_pitch;
+	else if (t < 0) {
+	    client->errorValue = t;
+	    SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_ChangeFeedbackControl, 0,
+			      BadValue);
+	    return Success;
+	}
+	kctrl.bell_pitch = t;
+    }
+
+    if (mask & DvDuration) {
+	t = f->duration;
+	if (t == -1)
+	    t = defaultKeyboardControl.bell_duration;
+	else if (t < 0) {
+	    client->errorValue = t;
+	    SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_ChangeFeedbackControl, 0,
+			      BadValue);
+	    return Success;
+	}
+	kctrl.bell_duration = t;
+    }
+
+    if (mask & DvLed) {
+	kctrl.leds &= ~(f->led_mask);
+	kctrl.leds |= (f->led_mask & f->led_values);
+    }
+
+    if (mask & DvKey) {
+	key = (KeyCode) f->key;
+	if (key < 8 || key > 255) {
+	    client->errorValue = key;
+	    SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_ChangeFeedbackControl, 0,
+			      BadValue);
+	    return Success;
+	}
+	if (!(mask & DvAutoRepeatMode)) {
+	    SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_ChangeFeedbackControl, 0,
+			      BadMatch);
+	    return Success;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (mask & DvAutoRepeatMode) {
+	int inx = (key >> 3);
+	int kmask = (1 << (key & 7));
+
+	t = (CARD8) f->auto_repeat_mode;
+	if (t == AutoRepeatModeOff) {
+	    if (key == DO_ALL)
+		kctrl.autoRepeat = FALSE;
+	    else
+		kctrl.autoRepeats[inx] &= ~kmask;
+	} else if (t == AutoRepeatModeOn) {
+	    if (key == DO_ALL)
+		kctrl.autoRepeat = TRUE;
+	    else
+		kctrl.autoRepeats[inx] |= kmask;
+	} else if (t == AutoRepeatModeDefault) {
+	    if (key == DO_ALL)
+		kctrl.autoRepeat = defaultKeyboardControl.autoRepeat;
+	    else
+		kctrl.autoRepeats[inx] &= ~kmask;
+	    kctrl.autoRepeats[inx] =
+		(kctrl.autoRepeats[inx] & ~kmask) |
+		(defaultKeyboardControl.autoRepeats[inx] & kmask);
+	} else {
+	    client->errorValue = t;
+	    SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_ChangeFeedbackControl, 0,
+			      BadValue);
+	    return Success;
+	}
+    }
+
+    k->ctrl = kctrl;
+    (*k->CtrlProc) (dev, &k->ctrl);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure changes PtrFeedbackClass data.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+ChangePtrFeedback(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, long unsigned int mask,
+		  PtrFeedbackPtr p, xPtrFeedbackCtl * f)
+{
+    PtrCtrl pctrl;	/* might get BadValue part way through */
+
+    if (client->swapped) {
+	swaps(&f->length);
+	swaps(&f->num);
+	swaps(&f->denom);
+	swaps(&f->thresh);
+    }
+
+    pctrl = p->ctrl;
+    if (mask & DvAccelNum) {
+	int accelNum;
+
+	accelNum = f->num;
+	if (accelNum == -1)
+	    pctrl.num = defaultPointerControl.num;
+	else if (accelNum < 0) {
+	    client->errorValue = accelNum;
+	    SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_ChangeFeedbackControl, 0,
+			      BadValue);
+	    return Success;
+	} else
+	    pctrl.num = accelNum;
+    }
+
+    if (mask & DvAccelDenom) {
+	int accelDenom;
+
+	accelDenom = f->denom;
+	if (accelDenom == -1)
+	    pctrl.den = defaultPointerControl.den;
+	else if (accelDenom <= 0) {
+	    client->errorValue = accelDenom;
+	    SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_ChangeFeedbackControl, 0,
+			      BadValue);
+	    return Success;
+	} else
+	    pctrl.den = accelDenom;
+    }
+
+    if (mask & DvThreshold) {
+	int threshold;
+
+	threshold = f->thresh;
+	if (threshold == -1)
+	    pctrl.threshold = defaultPointerControl.threshold;
+	else if (threshold < 0) {
+	    client->errorValue = threshold;
+	    SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_ChangeFeedbackControl, 0,
+			      BadValue);
+	    return Success;
+	} else
+	    pctrl.threshold = threshold;
+    }
+
+    p->ctrl = pctrl;
+    (*p->CtrlProc) (dev, &p->ctrl);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure changes IntegerFeedbackClass data.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+ChangeIntegerFeedback(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev,
+		      long unsigned int mask, IntegerFeedbackPtr i,
+		      xIntegerFeedbackCtl * f)
+{
+    if (client->swapped) {
+	swaps(&f->length);
+	swapl(&f->int_to_display);
+    }
+
+    i->ctrl.integer_displayed = f->int_to_display;
+    (*i->CtrlProc) (dev, &i->ctrl);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure changes StringFeedbackClass data.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+ChangeStringFeedback(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev,
+		     long unsigned int mask, StringFeedbackPtr s,
+		     xStringFeedbackCtl * f)
+{
+    int i, j;
+    KeySym *syms, *sup_syms;
+
+    syms = (KeySym *) (f + 1);
+    if (client->swapped) {
+	swaps(&f->length);	/* swapped num_keysyms in calling proc */
+	SwapLongs((CARD32 *) syms, f->num_keysyms);
+    }
+
+    if (f->num_keysyms > s->ctrl.max_symbols) {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_ChangeFeedbackControl, 0,
+			  BadValue);
+	return Success;
+    }
+    sup_syms = s->ctrl.symbols_supported;
+    for (i = 0; i < f->num_keysyms; i++) {
+	for (j = 0; j < s->ctrl.num_symbols_supported; j++)
+	    if (*(syms + i) == *(sup_syms + j))
+		break;
+	if (j == s->ctrl.num_symbols_supported) {
+	    SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_ChangeFeedbackControl, 0,
+			      BadMatch);
+	    return Success;
+	}
+    }
+
+    s->ctrl.num_symbols_displayed = f->num_keysyms;
+    for (i = 0; i < f->num_keysyms; i++)
+	*(s->ctrl.symbols_displayed + i) = *(syms + i);
+    (*s->CtrlProc) (dev, &s->ctrl);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure changes BellFeedbackClass data.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+ChangeBellFeedback(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev,
+		   long unsigned int mask, BellFeedbackPtr b,
+		   xBellFeedbackCtl * f)
+{
+    int t;
+    BellCtrl bctrl;	/* might get BadValue part way through */
+
+    if (client->swapped) {
+	swaps(&f->length);
+	swaps(&f->pitch);
+	swaps(&f->duration);
+    }
+
+    bctrl = b->ctrl;
+    if (mask & DvPercent) {
+	t = f->percent;
+	if (t == -1)
+	    t = defaultKeyboardControl.bell;
+	else if (t < 0 || t > 100) {
+	    client->errorValue = t;
+	    SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_ChangeFeedbackControl, 0,
+			      BadValue);
+	    return Success;
+	}
+	bctrl.percent = t;
+    }
+
+    if (mask & DvPitch) {
+	t = f->pitch;
+	if (t == -1)
+	    t = defaultKeyboardControl.bell_pitch;
+	else if (t < 0) {
+	    client->errorValue = t;
+	    SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_ChangeFeedbackControl, 0,
+			      BadValue);
+	    return Success;
+	}
+	bctrl.pitch = t;
+    }
+
+    if (mask & DvDuration) {
+	t = f->duration;
+	if (t == -1)
+	    t = defaultKeyboardControl.bell_duration;
+	else if (t < 0) {
+	    client->errorValue = t;
+	    SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_ChangeFeedbackControl, 0,
+			      BadValue);
+	    return Success;
+	}
+	bctrl.duration = t;
+    }
+    b->ctrl = bctrl;
+    (*b->CtrlProc) (dev, &b->ctrl);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure changes LedFeedbackClass data.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+ChangeLedFeedback(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, long unsigned int mask,
+		  LedFeedbackPtr l, xLedFeedbackCtl * f)
+{
+    LedCtrl lctrl;	/* might get BadValue part way through */
+
+    if (client->swapped) {
+	swaps(&f->length);
+	swapl(&f->led_values);
+	swapl(&f->led_mask);
+    }
+
+    f->led_mask &= l->ctrl.led_mask;	/* set only supported leds */
+    f->led_values &= l->ctrl.led_mask;	/* set only supported leds */
+    if (mask & DvLed) {
+	lctrl.led_mask = f->led_mask;
+	lctrl.led_values = f->led_values;
+	(*l->CtrlProc) (dev, &lctrl);
+	l->ctrl.led_values &= ~(f->led_mask);	/* zero changed leds */
+	l->ctrl.led_values |= (f->led_mask & f->led_values);	/* OR in set leds */
+    }
+
+    return Success;
+}

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/chgfctl.h

@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net>
+
+                        All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of the above listed
+copyright holder(s) not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining
+to distribution of the software without specific, written prior
+permission.
+
+THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD
+TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
+AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef CHGFCTL_H
+#define CHGFCTL_H 1
+
+int SProcXChangeFeedbackControl(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+int ProcXChangeFeedbackControl(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+int ChangeKbdFeedback(ClientPtr /* client */ ,
+		      DeviceIntPtr /* dev */ ,
+		      unsigned long /* mask */ ,
+		      KbdFeedbackPtr /* k */ ,
+		      xKbdFeedbackCtl *	/* f */
+    );
+
+int ChangePtrFeedback(ClientPtr /* client */ ,
+		      DeviceIntPtr /* dev */ ,
+		      unsigned long /* mask */ ,
+		      PtrFeedbackPtr /* p */ ,
+		      xPtrFeedbackCtl *	/* f */
+    );
+
+int ChangeIntegerFeedback(ClientPtr /* client */ ,
+			  DeviceIntPtr /* dev */ ,
+			  unsigned long /* mask */ ,
+			  IntegerFeedbackPtr /* i */ ,
+			  xIntegerFeedbackCtl *	/* f */
+    );
+
+int ChangeStringFeedback(ClientPtr /* client */ ,
+			 DeviceIntPtr /* dev */ ,
+			 unsigned long /* mask */ ,
+			 StringFeedbackPtr /* s */ ,
+			 xStringFeedbackCtl *	/* f */
+    );
+
+int ChangeBellFeedback(ClientPtr /* client */ ,
+		       DeviceIntPtr /* dev */ ,
+		       unsigned long /* mask */ ,
+		       BellFeedbackPtr /* b */ ,
+		       xBellFeedbackCtl *	/* f */
+    );
+
+int ChangeLedFeedback(ClientPtr /* client */ ,
+		      DeviceIntPtr /* dev */ ,
+		      unsigned long /* mask */ ,
+		      LedFeedbackPtr /* l */ ,
+		      xLedFeedbackCtl *	/* f */
+    );
+
+#endif /* CHGFCTL_H */

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/chgkbd.c

@@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1989, 1998  The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+Copyright 1989 by Hewlett-Packard Company, Palo Alto, California.
+
+			All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Hewlett-Packard not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+HEWLETT-PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+HEWLETT-PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Extension function to change the keyboard device.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <nx-X11/X.h>	/* for inputstr.h    */
+#include <nx-X11/Xproto.h>	/* Request macro     */
+#include "inputstr.h"	/* DeviceIntPtr      */
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XI.h>
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
+#include "XIstubs.h"
+#include "globals.h"
+#include "extnsionst.h"
+#include "extinit.h"	/* LookupDeviceIntRec */
+
+#include "exevents.h"
+#include "exglobals.h"
+
+#include "chgkbd.h"
+#include "chgptr.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure changes the keyboard device.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+SProcXChangeKeyboardDevice(register ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xChangeKeyboardDeviceReq);
+    swaps(&stuff->length);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xChangeKeyboardDeviceReq);
+    return (ProcXChangeKeyboardDevice(client));
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure is invoked to swap the request bytes if the server and
+ * client have a different byte order.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+ProcXChangeKeyboardDevice(register ClientPtr client)
+{
+    int i;
+    DeviceIntPtr xkbd = inputInfo.keyboard;
+    DeviceIntPtr dev;
+    FocusClassPtr xf = xkbd->focus;
+    FocusClassPtr df;
+    KeyClassPtr k;
+    xChangeKeyboardDeviceReply rep;
+    changeDeviceNotify ev;
+
+    REQUEST(xChangeKeyboardDeviceReq);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xChangeKeyboardDeviceReq);
+
+    rep.repType = X_Reply;
+    rep.RepType = X_ChangeKeyboardDevice;
+    rep.length = 0;
+    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+
+    dev = LookupDeviceIntRec(stuff->deviceid);
+    if (dev == NULL) {
+	rep.status = -1;
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_ChangeKeyboardDevice, 0,
+			  BadDevice);
+	return Success;
+    }
+
+    k = dev->key;
+    if (k == NULL) {
+	rep.status = -1;
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_ChangeKeyboardDevice, 0,
+			  BadMatch);
+	return Success;
+    }
+
+    if (((dev->grab) && !SameClient(dev->grab, client)) ||
+	((xkbd->grab) && !SameClient(xkbd->grab, client)))
+	rep.status = AlreadyGrabbed;
+    else if ((dev->sync.frozen &&
+	      dev->sync.other && !SameClient(dev->sync.other, client)) ||
+	     (xkbd->sync.frozen &&
+	      xkbd->sync.other && !SameClient(xkbd->sync.other, client)))
+	rep.status = GrabFrozen;
+    else {
+	if (ChangeKeyboardDevice(xkbd, dev) != Success) {
+	    SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_ChangeKeyboardDevice, 0,
+			      BadDevice);
+	    return Success;
+	}
+	if (!dev->focus)
+	    InitFocusClassDeviceStruct(dev);
+	if (!dev->kbdfeed)
+	    InitKbdFeedbackClassDeviceStruct(dev, (BellProcPtr) NoopDDA,
+					     (KbdCtrlProcPtr) NoopDDA);
+	df = dev->focus;
+	df->win = xf->win;
+	df->revert = xf->revert;
+	df->time = xf->time;
+	df->traceGood = xf->traceGood;
+	if (df->traceSize != xf->traceSize) {
+	    df->trace = (WindowPtr *) realloc(df->trace,
+					       xf->traceSize *
+					       sizeof(WindowPtr));
+	}
+	df->traceSize = xf->traceSize;
+	for (i = 0; i < df->traceSize; i++)
+	    df->trace[i] = xf->trace[i];
+	RegisterOtherDevice(xkbd);
+	RegisterKeyboardDevice(dev);
+
+	ev.type = ChangeDeviceNotify;
+	ev.deviceid = stuff->deviceid;
+	ev.time = currentTime.milliseconds;
+	ev.request = NewKeyboard;
+
+	SendEventToAllWindows(dev, ChangeDeviceNotifyMask, (xEvent *) & ev, 1);
+	SendMappingNotify(MappingKeyboard, k->curKeySyms.minKeyCode,
+			  k->curKeySyms.maxKeyCode - k->curKeySyms.minKeyCode +
+			  1, client);
+
+	rep.status = 0;
+    }
+
+    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xChangeKeyboardDeviceReply), &rep);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure writes the reply for the XChangeKeyboardDevice 
+ * function, if the client and server have a different byte ordering.
+ *
+ */
+
+void
+SRepXChangeKeyboardDevice(ClientPtr client, int size,
+			  xChangeKeyboardDeviceReply * rep)
+{
+    swaps(&rep->sequenceNumber);
+    swapl(&rep->length);
+    WriteToClient(client, size, rep);
+}

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/chgkbd.h

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net>
+
+                        All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of the above listed
+copyright holder(s) not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining
+to distribution of the software without specific, written prior
+permission.
+
+THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD
+TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
+AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef CHGKBD_H
+#define CHGKBD_H 1
+
+int SProcXChangeKeyboardDevice(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+int ProcXChangeKeyboardDevice(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+void SRepXChangeKeyboardDevice(ClientPtr /* client */ ,
+			       int /* size */ ,
+			       xChangeKeyboardDeviceReply *	/* rep */
+    );
+
+#endif /* CHGKBD_H */

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/chgkmap.c

@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1989, 1998  The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+Copyright 1989 by Hewlett-Packard Company, Palo Alto, California.
+
+			All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Hewlett-Packard not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+HEWLETT-PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+HEWLETT-PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+/********************************************************************
+ *
+ *  Change key mapping for an extension device.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <nx-X11/X.h>	/* for inputstr.h    */
+#include <nx-X11/Xproto.h>	/* Request macro     */
+#include "inputstr.h"	/* DeviceIntPtr      */
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XI.h>
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
+#include "extnsionst.h"
+#include "extinit.h"	/* LookupDeviceIntRec */
+#include "exevents.h"
+#include "exglobals.h"
+
+#include "chgkmap.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure swaps the request when the client and
+ * server have different byte orderings.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+SProcXChangeDeviceKeyMapping(register ClientPtr client)
+{
+    unsigned int count;
+
+    REQUEST(xChangeDeviceKeyMappingReq);
+    swaps(&stuff->length);
+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xChangeDeviceKeyMappingReq);
+    count = stuff->keyCodes * stuff->keySymsPerKeyCode;
+    REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xChangeDeviceKeyMappingReq, count * sizeof(CARD32));
+    SwapLongs((CARD32 *) (&stuff[1]), count);
+    return (ProcXChangeDeviceKeyMapping(client));
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Change the device key mapping.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+ProcXChangeDeviceKeyMapping(register ClientPtr client)
+{
+    int ret;
+    unsigned len;
+    DeviceIntPtr dev;
+    unsigned int count;
+
+    REQUEST(xChangeDeviceKeyMappingReq);
+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xChangeDeviceKeyMappingReq);
+
+    count = stuff->keyCodes * stuff->keySymsPerKeyCode;
+    REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xChangeDeviceKeyMappingReq, count * sizeof(CARD32));
+
+    dev = LookupDeviceIntRec(stuff->deviceid);
+    if (dev == NULL) {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_ChangeDeviceKeyMapping, 0,
+			  BadDevice);
+	return Success;
+    }
+    len = stuff->length - (sizeof(xChangeDeviceKeyMappingReq) >> 2);
+
+    ret = ChangeKeyMapping(client, dev, len, DeviceMappingNotify,
+			   stuff->firstKeyCode, stuff->keyCodes,
+			   stuff->keySymsPerKeyCode, (KeySym *) & stuff[1]);
+
+    if (ret != Success)
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_ChangeDeviceKeyMapping, 0, ret);
+    return Success;
+}

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/chgkmap.h

@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net>
+
+                        All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of the above listed
+copyright holder(s) not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining
+to distribution of the software without specific, written prior
+permission.
+
+THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD
+TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
+AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef CHGKMAP_H
+#define CHGKMAP_H 1
+
+int SProcXChangeDeviceKeyMapping(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+int ProcXChangeDeviceKeyMapping(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+#endif /* CHGKMAP_H */

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/chgprop.c

@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1989, 1998  The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+Copyright 1989 by Hewlett-Packard Company, Palo Alto, California.
+
+			All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Hewlett-Packard not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+HEWLETT-PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+HEWLETT-PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Function to modify the dont-propagate-list for an extension input device.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <nx-X11/X.h>	/* for inputstr.h    */
+#include <nx-X11/Xproto.h>	/* Request macro     */
+#include "inputstr.h"	/* DeviceIntPtr      */
+#include "windowstr.h"
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XI.h>
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
+#include "extnsionst.h"
+#include "extinit.h"	/* LookupDeviceIntRec */
+
+#include "exevents.h"
+#include "exglobals.h"
+
+#include "chgprop.h"
+#include "grabdev.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure returns the extension version.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+SProcXChangeDeviceDontPropagateList(register ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xChangeDeviceDontPropagateListReq);
+    swaps(&stuff->length);
+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xChangeDeviceDontPropagateListReq);
+    swapl(&stuff->window);
+    swaps(&stuff->count);
+    REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xChangeDeviceDontPropagateListReq,
+                      stuff->count * sizeof(CARD32));
+    SwapLongs((CARD32 *) (&stuff[1]), stuff->count);
+    return (ProcXChangeDeviceDontPropagateList(client));
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure changes the dont-propagate list for the specified window.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+ProcXChangeDeviceDontPropagateList(register ClientPtr client)
+{
+    int i;
+    WindowPtr pWin;
+    struct tmask tmp[EMASKSIZE];
+    OtherInputMasks *others;
+
+    REQUEST(xChangeDeviceDontPropagateListReq);
+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xChangeDeviceDontPropagateListReq);
+
+    if (stuff->length != (sizeof(xChangeDeviceDontPropagateListReq) >> 2) +
+	stuff->count) {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_ChangeDeviceDontPropagateList, 0,
+			  BadLength);
+	return Success;
+    }
+
+    pWin = (WindowPtr) LookupWindow(stuff->window, client);
+    if (!pWin) {
+	client->errorValue = stuff->window;
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_ChangeDeviceDontPropagateList, 0,
+			  BadWindow);
+	return Success;
+    }
+
+    if (stuff->mode != AddToList && stuff->mode != DeleteFromList) {
+	client->errorValue = stuff->window;
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_ChangeDeviceDontPropagateList, 0,
+			  BadMode);
+	return Success;
+    }
+
+    if (CreateMaskFromList(client, (XEventClass *) & stuff[1],
+			   stuff->count, tmp, NULL,
+			   X_ChangeDeviceDontPropagateList) != Success)
+	return Success;
+
+    others = wOtherInputMasks(pWin);
+    if (!others && stuff->mode == DeleteFromList)
+	return Success;
+    for (i = 0; i < EMASKSIZE; i++) {
+	if (tmp[i].mask == 0)
+	    continue;
+
+	if (stuff->mode == DeleteFromList)
+	    tmp[i].mask = (others->dontPropagateMask[i] & ~tmp[i].mask);
+	else if (others)
+	    tmp[i].mask |= others->dontPropagateMask[i];
+
+	if (DeviceEventSuppressForWindow(pWin, client, tmp[i].mask, i) !=
+	    Success) {
+	    SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode,
+			      X_ChangeDeviceDontPropagateList, 0, BadClass);
+	    return Success;
+	}
+    }
+
+    return Success;
+}

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/chgprop.h

@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net>
+
+                        All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of the above listed
+copyright holder(s) not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining
+to distribution of the software without specific, written prior
+permission.
+
+THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD
+TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
+AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef CHGPROP_H
+#define CHGPROP_H 1
+
+int SProcXChangeDeviceDontPropagateList(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+int ProcXChangeDeviceDontPropagateList(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+#endif /* CHGPROP_H */

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/chgptr.c

@@ -0,0 +1,232 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1989, 1998  The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+Copyright 1989 by Hewlett-Packard Company, Palo Alto, California.
+
+			All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Hewlett-Packard not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+HEWLETT-PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+HEWLETT-PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Extension function to change the pointer device.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <nx-X11/X.h>	/* for inputstr.h    */
+#include <nx-X11/Xproto.h>	/* Request macro     */
+#include "inputstr.h"	/* DeviceIntPtr      */
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XI.h>
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
+#include "XIstubs.h"
+#include "windowstr.h"	/* window structure  */
+#include "scrnintstr.h"	/* screen structure  */
+
+#include "extnsionst.h"
+#include "extinit.h"	/* LookupDeviceIntRec */
+
+#include "dixevents.h"
+#include "exevents.h"
+#include "exglobals.h"
+
+#include "chgptr.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure is invoked to swap the request bytes if the server and
+ * client have a different byte order.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+SProcXChangePointerDevice(register ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xChangePointerDeviceReq);
+    swaps(&stuff->length);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xChangePointerDeviceReq);
+    return (ProcXChangePointerDevice(client));
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure changes the device used as the X pointer.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+ProcXChangePointerDevice(register ClientPtr client)
+{
+    DeviceIntPtr xptr = inputInfo.pointer;
+    DeviceIntPtr dev;
+    ValuatorClassPtr v;
+    xChangePointerDeviceReply rep;
+    changeDeviceNotify ev;
+
+    REQUEST(xChangePointerDeviceReq);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xChangePointerDeviceReq);
+
+    rep.repType = X_Reply;
+    rep.RepType = X_ChangePointerDevice;
+    rep.length = 0;
+    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+
+    dev = LookupDeviceIntRec(stuff->deviceid);
+    if (dev == NULL) {
+	rep.status = -1;
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_ChangePointerDevice, 0,
+			  BadDevice);
+	return Success;
+    }
+
+    v = dev->valuator;
+    if (v == NULL || v->numAxes < 2 ||
+	stuff->xaxis >= v->numAxes || stuff->yaxis >= v->numAxes) {
+	rep.status = -1;
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_ChangePointerDevice, 0, BadMatch);
+	return Success;
+    }
+
+    if (((dev->grab) && !SameClient(dev->grab, client)) ||
+	((xptr->grab) && !SameClient(xptr->grab, client)))
+	rep.status = AlreadyGrabbed;
+    else if ((dev->sync.frozen &&
+	      dev->sync.other && !SameClient(dev->sync.other, client)) ||
+	     (xptr->sync.frozen &&
+	      xptr->sync.other && !SameClient(xptr->sync.other, client)))
+	rep.status = GrabFrozen;
+    else {
+	if (ChangePointerDevice(xptr, dev, stuff->xaxis, stuff->yaxis) !=
+	    Success) {
+	    SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_ChangePointerDevice, 0,
+			      BadDevice);
+	    return Success;
+	}
+	if (dev->focus)
+	    DeleteFocusClassDeviceStruct(dev);
+	if (!dev->button)
+	    InitButtonClassDeviceStruct(dev, 0, NULL);
+	if (!dev->ptrfeed)
+	    InitPtrFeedbackClassDeviceStruct(dev, (PtrCtrlProcPtr) NoopDDA);
+	RegisterOtherDevice(xptr);
+	RegisterPointerDevice(dev);
+
+	ev.type = ChangeDeviceNotify;
+	ev.deviceid = stuff->deviceid;
+	ev.time = currentTime.milliseconds;
+	ev.request = NewPointer;
+
+	SendEventToAllWindows(dev, ChangeDeviceNotifyMask, (xEvent *) & ev, 1);
+	SendMappingNotify(MappingPointer, 0, 0, client);
+
+	rep.status = 0;
+    }
+
+    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xChangePointerDeviceReply), &rep);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+void
+DeleteFocusClassDeviceStruct(DeviceIntPtr dev)
+{
+    free(dev->focus->trace);
+    free(dev->focus);
+    dev->focus = NULL;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Send an event to interested clients in all windows on all screens.
+ *
+ */
+
+void
+SendEventToAllWindows(DeviceIntPtr dev, Mask mask, xEvent * ev, int count)
+{
+    int i;
+    WindowPtr pWin, p1;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++) {
+	pWin = screenInfo.screens[i]->root;
+	(void)DeliverEventsToWindow(pWin, ev, count, mask, NullGrab, dev->id);
+	p1 = pWin->firstChild;
+	FindInterestedChildren(dev, p1, mask, ev, count);
+    }
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Walk through the window tree, finding all clients that want to know
+ * about the ChangeDeviceNotify Event.
+ *
+ */
+
+void
+FindInterestedChildren(DeviceIntPtr dev, WindowPtr p1, Mask mask,
+		       xEvent * ev, int count)
+{
+    WindowPtr p2;
+
+    while (p1) {
+	p2 = p1->firstChild;
+	(void)DeliverEventsToWindow(p1, ev, count, mask, NullGrab, dev->id);
+	FindInterestedChildren(dev, p2, mask, ev, count);
+	p1 = p1->nextSib;
+    }
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure writes the reply for the XChangePointerDevice 
+ * function, if the client and server have a different byte ordering.
+ *
+ */
+
+void
+SRepXChangePointerDevice(ClientPtr client, int size,
+			 xChangePointerDeviceReply * rep)
+{
+    swaps(&rep->sequenceNumber);
+    swapl(&rep->length);
+    WriteToClient(client, size, rep);
+}

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/chgptr.h

@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net>
+
+                        All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of the above listed
+copyright holder(s) not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining
+to distribution of the software without specific, written prior
+permission.
+
+THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD
+TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
+AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef CHGPTR_H
+#define CHGPTR_H 1
+
+int SProcXChangePointerDevice(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+int ProcXChangePointerDevice(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+void DeleteFocusClassDeviceStruct(DeviceIntPtr	/* dev */
+    );
+
+void SendEventToAllWindows(DeviceIntPtr /* dev */ ,
+			   Mask /* mask */ ,
+			   xEvent * /* ev */ ,
+			   int	/* count */
+    );
+
+void FindInterestedChildren(	/* FIXME: could be static? */
+			       DeviceIntPtr /* dev */ ,
+			       WindowPtr /* p1 */ ,
+			       Mask /* mask */ ,
+			       xEvent * /* ev */ ,
+			       int	/* count */
+    );
+
+void SRepXChangePointerDevice(ClientPtr /* client */ ,
+			      int /* size */ ,
+			      xChangePointerDeviceReply *	/* rep */
+    );
+
+#endif /* CHGPTR_H */

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/closedev.c

@@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1989, 1998  The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+Copyright 1989 by Hewlett-Packard Company, Palo Alto, California.
+
+			All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Hewlett-Packard not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+HEWLETT-PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+HEWLETT-PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Extension function to close an extension input device.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <nx-X11/X.h>	/* for inputstr.h    */
+#include <nx-X11/Xproto.h>	/* Request macro     */
+#include "inputstr.h"	/* DeviceIntPtr      */
+#include "windowstr.h"	/* window structure  */
+#include "scrnintstr.h"	/* screen structure  */
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XI.h>
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
+#include "XIstubs.h"
+#include "extnsionst.h"
+#include "extinit.h"	/* LookupDeviceIntRec */
+#include "exglobals.h"
+
+#include "closedev.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure closes an input device.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+SProcXCloseDevice(register ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xCloseDeviceReq);
+    swaps(&stuff->length);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xCloseDeviceReq);
+    return (ProcXCloseDevice(client));
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure closes an input device.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+ProcXCloseDevice(register ClientPtr client)
+{
+    int i;
+    WindowPtr pWin, p1;
+    DeviceIntPtr d;
+
+    REQUEST(xCloseDeviceReq);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xCloseDeviceReq);
+
+    d = LookupDeviceIntRec(stuff->deviceid);
+    if (d == NULL) {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_CloseDevice, 0, BadDevice);
+	return Success;
+    }
+
+    if (d->grab && SameClient(d->grab, client))
+	(*d->DeactivateGrab) (d);	/* release active grab */
+
+    /* Remove event selections from all windows for events from this device 
+     * and selected by this client.
+     * Delete passive grabs from all windows for this device.      */
+
+    for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++) {
+	pWin = screenInfo.screens[i]->root;
+	DeleteDeviceEvents(d, pWin, client);
+	p1 = pWin->firstChild;
+	DeleteEventsFromChildren(d, p1, client);
+    }
+
+    CloseInputDevice(d, client);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Walk througth the window tree, deleting event selections for this client
+ * from this device from all windows.
+ *
+ */
+
+void
+DeleteEventsFromChildren(DeviceIntPtr dev, WindowPtr p1, ClientPtr client)
+{
+    WindowPtr p2;
+
+    while (p1) {
+	p2 = p1->firstChild;
+	DeleteDeviceEvents(dev, p1, client);
+	DeleteEventsFromChildren(dev, p2, client);
+	p1 = p1->nextSib;
+    }
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Clear out event selections and passive grabs from a window for the
+ * specified device.
+ *
+ */
+
+void
+DeleteDeviceEvents(DeviceIntPtr dev, WindowPtr pWin, ClientPtr client)
+{
+    InputClientsPtr others;
+    OtherInputMasks *pOthers;
+    GrabPtr grab, next;
+
+    if ((pOthers = wOtherInputMasks(pWin)) != 0)
+	for (others = pOthers->inputClients; others; others = others->next)
+	    if (SameClient(others, client))
+		others->mask[dev->id] = NoEventMask;
+
+    for (grab = wPassiveGrabs(pWin); grab; grab = next) {
+	next = grab->next;
+	if ((grab->device == dev) &&
+	    (client->clientAsMask == CLIENT_BITS(grab->resource)))
+	    FreeResource(grab->resource, RT_NONE);
+    }
+}

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/closedev.h

@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net>
+
+                        All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of the above listed
+copyright holder(s) not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining
+to distribution of the software without specific, written prior
+permission.
+
+THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD
+TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
+AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef CLOSEDEV_H
+#define CLOSEDEV_H 1
+
+int SProcXCloseDevice(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+int ProcXCloseDevice(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+void DeleteEventsFromChildren(DeviceIntPtr /* dev */ ,
+			      WindowPtr /* p1 */ ,
+			      ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+void DeleteDeviceEvents(DeviceIntPtr /* dev */ ,
+			WindowPtr /* pWin */ ,
+			ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+#endif /* CLOSEDEV_H */

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/devbell.c

@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1989, 1998  The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+Copyright 1989 by Hewlett-Packard Company, Palo Alto, California.
+
+			All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Hewlett-Packard not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+HEWLETT-PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+HEWLETT-PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Extension function to change the keyboard device.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <nx-X11/X.h>	/* for inputstr.h    */
+#include <nx-X11/Xproto.h>	/* Request macro     */
+#include "inputstr.h"	/* DeviceIntPtr      */
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XI.h>
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
+#include "extnsionst.h"
+#include "extinit.h"	/* LookupDeviceIntRec */
+#include "exglobals.h"
+
+#include "devbell.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure is invoked to swap the request bytes if the server and
+ * client have a different byte order.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+SProcXDeviceBell(register ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xDeviceBellReq);
+    swaps(&stuff->length);
+    return (ProcXDeviceBell(client));
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure rings a bell on an extension device.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+ProcXDeviceBell(register ClientPtr client)
+{
+    DeviceIntPtr dev;
+    KbdFeedbackPtr k;
+    BellFeedbackPtr b;
+    int base;
+    int newpercent;
+    CARD8 class;
+    void * ctrl;
+    BellProcPtr proc;
+
+    REQUEST(xDeviceBellReq);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDeviceBellReq);
+
+    dev = LookupDeviceIntRec(stuff->deviceid);
+    if (dev == NULL) {
+	client->errorValue = stuff->deviceid;
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_DeviceBell, 0, BadDevice);
+	return Success;
+    }
+
+    if (stuff->percent < -100 || stuff->percent > 100) {
+	client->errorValue = stuff->percent;
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_DeviceBell, 0, BadValue);
+	return Success;
+    }
+    if (stuff->feedbackclass == KbdFeedbackClass) {
+	for (k = dev->kbdfeed; k; k = k->next)
+	    if (k->ctrl.id == stuff->feedbackid)
+		break;
+	if (!k) {
+	    client->errorValue = stuff->feedbackid;
+	    SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_DeviceBell, 0, BadValue);
+	    return Success;
+	}
+	base = k->ctrl.bell;
+	proc = k->BellProc;
+	ctrl = (void *) &(k->ctrl);
+	class = KbdFeedbackClass;
+    } else if (stuff->feedbackclass == BellFeedbackClass) {
+	for (b = dev->bell; b; b = b->next)
+	    if (b->ctrl.id == stuff->feedbackid)
+		break;
+	if (!b) {
+	    client->errorValue = stuff->feedbackid;
+	    SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_DeviceBell, 0, BadValue);
+	    return Success;
+	}
+	base = b->ctrl.percent;
+	proc = b->BellProc;
+	ctrl = (void *) &(b->ctrl);
+	class = BellFeedbackClass;
+    } else {
+	client->errorValue = stuff->feedbackclass;
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_DeviceBell, 0, BadValue);
+	return Success;
+    }
+    newpercent = (base * stuff->percent) / 100;
+    if (stuff->percent < 0)
+	newpercent = base + newpercent;
+    else
+	newpercent = base - newpercent + stuff->percent;
+    (*proc) (newpercent, dev, ctrl, class);
+
+    return Success;
+}

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/devbell.h

@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net>
+
+                        All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of the above listed
+copyright holder(s) not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining
+to distribution of the software without specific, written prior
+permission.
+
+THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD
+TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
+AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef DEVBELL_H
+#define DEVBELL_H 1
+
+int SProcXDeviceBell(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+int ProcXDeviceBell(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+#endif /* DEVBELL_H */

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/exglobals.h

@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net>
+
+                        All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of the above listed
+copyright holder(s) not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining
+to distribution of the software without specific, written prior
+permission.
+
+THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD
+TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
+AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+/*****************************************************************
+ *
+ * Globals referenced elsewhere in the server.
+ *
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef EXGLOBALS_H
+#define EXGLOBALS_H 1
+
+extern int IReqCode;
+extern int BadDevice;
+extern int BadEvent;
+extern int BadMode;
+extern int DeviceBusy;
+extern int BadClass;
+
+extern Mask DevicePointerMotionMask;
+extern Mask DevicePointerMotionHintMask;
+extern Mask DeviceFocusChangeMask;
+extern Mask DeviceStateNotifyMask;
+extern Mask ChangeDeviceNotifyMask;
+extern Mask DeviceMappingNotifyMask;
+extern Mask DeviceOwnerGrabButtonMask;
+extern Mask DeviceButtonGrabMask;
+extern Mask DeviceButtonMotionMask;
+extern Mask PropagateMask[];
+
+extern int DeviceValuator;
+extern int DeviceKeyPress;
+extern int DeviceKeyRelease;
+extern int DeviceButtonPress;
+extern int DeviceButtonRelease;
+extern int DeviceMotionNotify;
+extern int DeviceFocusIn;
+extern int DeviceFocusOut;
+extern int ProximityIn;
+extern int ProximityOut;
+extern int DeviceStateNotify;
+extern int DeviceKeyStateNotify;
+extern int DeviceButtonStateNotify;
+extern int DeviceMappingNotify;
+extern int ChangeDeviceNotify;
+
+extern int RT_INPUTCLIENT;
+
+#if 0
+/* FIXME: in dix */
+extern InputInfo inputInfo;
+#endif
+
+#endif /* EXGLOBALS_H */

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/extinit.c

@@ -0,0 +1,960 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1989, 1998  The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+Copyright 1989 by Hewlett-Packard Company, Palo Alto, California.
+
+			All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Hewlett-Packard not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+HEWLETT-PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+HEWLETT-PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+/********************************************************************
+ *
+ *  Dispatch routines and initialization routines for the X input extension.
+ *
+ */
+
+#define	 NUMTYPES 15
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <nx-X11/X.h>
+#include <nx-X11/Xproto.h>
+#include "inputstr.h"
+#include "gcstruct.h"	/* pointer for extnsionst.h */
+#include "extnsionst.h"	/* extension entry   */
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XI.h>
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
+
+#include "dixevents.h"
+#include "exevents.h"
+#include "extinit.h"
+#include "exglobals.h"
+#include "swaprep.h"
+#include "protocol-versions.h"
+
+/* modules local to Xi */
+#include "allowev.h"
+#include "chgdctl.h"
+#include "chgfctl.h"
+#include "chgkbd.h"
+#include "chgprop.h"
+#include "chgptr.h"
+#include "closedev.h"
+#include "devbell.h"
+#include "getbmap.h"
+#include "getbmap.h"
+#include "getdctl.h"
+#include "getfctl.h"
+#include "getfocus.h"
+#include "getkmap.h"
+#include "getmmap.h"
+#include "getprop.h"
+#include "getselev.h"
+#include "getvers.h"
+#include "getvers.h"
+#include "grabdev.h"
+#include "grabdevb.h"
+#include "grabdevk.h"
+#include "gtmotion.h"
+#include "listdev.h"
+#include "opendev.h"
+#include "queryst.h"
+#include "selectev.h"
+#include "sendexev.h"
+#include "chgkmap.h"
+#include "setbmap.h"
+#include "setdval.h"
+#include "setfocus.h"
+#include "setmmap.h"
+#include "setmode.h"
+#include "ungrdev.h"
+#include "ungrdevb.h"
+#include "ungrdevk.h"
+
+static Mask lastExtEventMask = 1;
+int ExtEventIndex;
+Mask ExtValidMasks[EMASKSIZE];
+Mask ExtExclusiveMasks[EMASKSIZE];
+
+struct dev_type
+{
+    Atom type;
+    char *name;
+} dev_type[] = {
+    {
+    0, XI_KEYBOARD}, {
+    0, XI_MOUSE}, {
+    0, XI_TABLET}, {
+    0, XI_TOUCHSCREEN}, {
+    0, XI_TOUCHPAD}, {
+    0, XI_BARCODE}, {
+    0, XI_BUTTONBOX}, {
+    0, XI_KNOB_BOX}, {
+    0, XI_ONE_KNOB}, {
+    0, XI_NINE_KNOB}, {
+    0, XI_TRACKBALL}, {
+    0, XI_QUADRATURE}, {
+    0, XI_ID_MODULE}, {
+    0, XI_SPACEBALL}, {
+    0, XI_DATAGLOVE}, {
+    0, XI_EYETRACKER}, {
+    0, XI_CURSORKEYS}, {
+0, XI_FOOTMOUSE}};
+
+CARD8 event_base[numInputClasses];
+XExtEventInfo EventInfo[32];
+
+/*****************************************************************
+ *
+ * Globals referenced elsewhere in the server.
+ *
+ */
+
+int IReqCode = 0;
+int BadDevice = 0;
+int BadEvent = 1;
+int BadMode = 2;
+int DeviceBusy = 3;
+int BadClass = 4;
+
+Mask DevicePointerMotionMask;
+Mask DevicePointerMotionHintMask;
+Mask DeviceFocusChangeMask;
+Mask DeviceStateNotifyMask;
+Mask ChangeDeviceNotifyMask;
+Mask DeviceMappingNotifyMask;
+Mask DeviceOwnerGrabButtonMask;
+Mask DeviceButtonGrabMask;
+Mask DeviceButtonMotionMask;
+
+int DeviceValuator;
+int DeviceKeyPress;
+int DeviceKeyRelease;
+int DeviceButtonPress;
+int DeviceButtonRelease;
+int DeviceMotionNotify;
+int DeviceFocusIn;
+int DeviceFocusOut;
+int ProximityIn;
+int ProximityOut;
+int DeviceStateNotify;
+int DeviceKeyStateNotify;
+int DeviceButtonStateNotify;
+int DeviceMappingNotify;
+int ChangeDeviceNotify;
+
+int RT_INPUTCLIENT;
+
+/*****************************************************************
+ *
+ * Externs defined elsewhere in the X server.
+ *
+ */
+
+extern XExtensionVersion AllExtensionVersions[];
+
+Mask PropagateMask[MAX_DEVICES];
+
+/*****************************************************************
+ *
+ * Declarations of local routines.
+ *
+ */
+
+static	XExtensionVersion	thisversion =
+					{XI_Present,
+					 SERVER_XI_MAJOR_VERSION,
+					 SERVER_XI_MINOR_VERSION,
+};
+
+/**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * IExtensionInit - initialize the input extension.
+ *
+ * Called from InitExtensions in main() or from QueryExtension() if the
+ * extension is dynamically loaded.
+ *
+ * This extension has several events and errors.
+ *
+ */
+
+void
+XInputExtensionInit(void)
+{
+    ExtensionEntry *extEntry;
+
+    extEntry = AddExtension(INAME, IEVENTS, IERRORS, ProcIDispatch,
+			    SProcIDispatch, IResetProc, StandardMinorOpcode);
+    if (extEntry) {
+	IReqCode = extEntry->base;
+	AllExtensionVersions[IReqCode - 128] = thisversion;
+	MakeDeviceTypeAtoms();
+	RT_INPUTCLIENT = CreateNewResourceType((DeleteType) InputClientGone);
+	FixExtensionEvents(extEntry);
+	ReplySwapVector[IReqCode] = (ReplySwapPtr) SReplyIDispatch;
+	EventSwapVector[DeviceValuator] = SEventIDispatch;
+	EventSwapVector[DeviceKeyPress] = SEventIDispatch;
+	EventSwapVector[DeviceKeyRelease] = SEventIDispatch;
+	EventSwapVector[DeviceButtonPress] = SEventIDispatch;
+	EventSwapVector[DeviceButtonRelease] = SEventIDispatch;
+	EventSwapVector[DeviceMotionNotify] = SEventIDispatch;
+	EventSwapVector[DeviceFocusIn] = SEventIDispatch;
+	EventSwapVector[DeviceFocusOut] = SEventIDispatch;
+	EventSwapVector[ProximityIn] = SEventIDispatch;
+	EventSwapVector[ProximityOut] = SEventIDispatch;
+	EventSwapVector[DeviceStateNotify] = SEventIDispatch;
+	EventSwapVector[DeviceKeyStateNotify] = SEventIDispatch;
+	EventSwapVector[DeviceButtonStateNotify] = SEventIDispatch;
+	EventSwapVector[DeviceMappingNotify] = SEventIDispatch;
+	EventSwapVector[ChangeDeviceNotify] = SEventIDispatch;
+    } else {
+	FatalError("IExtensionInit: AddExtensions failed\n");
+    }
+}
+
+/*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * ProcIDispatch - main dispatch routine for requests to this extension.
+ * This routine is used if server and client have the same byte ordering.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+ProcIDispatch(register ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xReq);
+    if (stuff->data == X_GetExtensionVersion)
+	return (ProcXGetExtensionVersion(client));
+    if (stuff->data == X_ListInputDevices)
+	return (ProcXListInputDevices(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_OpenDevice)
+	return (ProcXOpenDevice(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_CloseDevice)
+	return (ProcXCloseDevice(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_SetDeviceMode)
+	return (ProcXSetDeviceMode(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_SelectExtensionEvent)
+	return (ProcXSelectExtensionEvent(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_GetSelectedExtensionEvents)
+	return (ProcXGetSelectedExtensionEvents(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_ChangeDeviceDontPropagateList)
+	return (ProcXChangeDeviceDontPropagateList(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_GetDeviceDontPropagateList)
+	return (ProcXGetDeviceDontPropagateList(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_GetDeviceMotionEvents)
+	return (ProcXGetDeviceMotionEvents(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_ChangeKeyboardDevice)
+	return (ProcXChangeKeyboardDevice(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_ChangePointerDevice)
+	return (ProcXChangePointerDevice(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_GrabDevice)
+	return (ProcXGrabDevice(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_UngrabDevice)
+	return (ProcXUngrabDevice(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_GrabDeviceKey)
+	return (ProcXGrabDeviceKey(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_UngrabDeviceKey)
+	return (ProcXUngrabDeviceKey(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_GrabDeviceButton)
+	return (ProcXGrabDeviceButton(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_UngrabDeviceButton)
+	return (ProcXUngrabDeviceButton(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_AllowDeviceEvents)
+	return (ProcXAllowDeviceEvents(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_GetDeviceFocus)
+	return (ProcXGetDeviceFocus(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_SetDeviceFocus)
+	return (ProcXSetDeviceFocus(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_GetFeedbackControl)
+	return (ProcXGetFeedbackControl(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_ChangeFeedbackControl)
+	return (ProcXChangeFeedbackControl(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_GetDeviceKeyMapping)
+	return (ProcXGetDeviceKeyMapping(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_ChangeDeviceKeyMapping)
+	return (ProcXChangeDeviceKeyMapping(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_GetDeviceModifierMapping)
+	return (ProcXGetDeviceModifierMapping(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_SetDeviceModifierMapping)
+	return (ProcXSetDeviceModifierMapping(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_GetDeviceButtonMapping)
+	return (ProcXGetDeviceButtonMapping(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_SetDeviceButtonMapping)
+	return (ProcXSetDeviceButtonMapping(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_QueryDeviceState)
+	return (ProcXQueryDeviceState(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_SendExtensionEvent)
+	return (ProcXSendExtensionEvent(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_DeviceBell)
+	return (ProcXDeviceBell(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_SetDeviceValuators)
+	return (ProcXSetDeviceValuators(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_GetDeviceControl)
+	return (ProcXGetDeviceControl(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_ChangeDeviceControl)
+	return (ProcXChangeDeviceControl(client));
+    else {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, stuff->data, 0, BadRequest);
+    }
+    return (BadRequest);
+}
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+ *
+ * SProcXDispatch 
+ *
+ * Main swapped dispatch routine for requests to this extension.
+ * This routine is used if server and client do not have the same byte ordering.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+SProcIDispatch(register ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xReq);
+    if (stuff->data == X_GetExtensionVersion)
+	return (SProcXGetExtensionVersion(client));
+    if (stuff->data == X_ListInputDevices)
+	return (SProcXListInputDevices(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_OpenDevice)
+	return (SProcXOpenDevice(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_CloseDevice)
+	return (SProcXCloseDevice(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_SetDeviceMode)
+	return (SProcXSetDeviceMode(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_SelectExtensionEvent)
+	return (SProcXSelectExtensionEvent(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_GetSelectedExtensionEvents)
+	return (SProcXGetSelectedExtensionEvents(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_ChangeDeviceDontPropagateList)
+	return (SProcXChangeDeviceDontPropagateList(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_GetDeviceDontPropagateList)
+	return (SProcXGetDeviceDontPropagateList(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_GetDeviceMotionEvents)
+	return (SProcXGetDeviceMotionEvents(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_ChangeKeyboardDevice)
+	return (SProcXChangeKeyboardDevice(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_ChangePointerDevice)
+	return (SProcXChangePointerDevice(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_GrabDevice)
+	return (SProcXGrabDevice(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_UngrabDevice)
+	return (SProcXUngrabDevice(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_GrabDeviceKey)
+	return (SProcXGrabDeviceKey(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_UngrabDeviceKey)
+	return (SProcXUngrabDeviceKey(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_GrabDeviceButton)
+	return (SProcXGrabDeviceButton(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_UngrabDeviceButton)
+	return (SProcXUngrabDeviceButton(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_AllowDeviceEvents)
+	return (SProcXAllowDeviceEvents(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_GetDeviceFocus)
+	return (SProcXGetDeviceFocus(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_SetDeviceFocus)
+	return (SProcXSetDeviceFocus(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_GetFeedbackControl)
+	return (SProcXGetFeedbackControl(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_ChangeFeedbackControl)
+	return (SProcXChangeFeedbackControl(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_GetDeviceKeyMapping)
+	return (SProcXGetDeviceKeyMapping(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_ChangeDeviceKeyMapping)
+	return (SProcXChangeDeviceKeyMapping(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_GetDeviceModifierMapping)
+	return (SProcXGetDeviceModifierMapping(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_SetDeviceModifierMapping)
+	return (SProcXSetDeviceModifierMapping(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_GetDeviceButtonMapping)
+	return (SProcXGetDeviceButtonMapping(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_SetDeviceButtonMapping)
+	return (SProcXSetDeviceButtonMapping(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_QueryDeviceState)
+	return (SProcXQueryDeviceState(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_SendExtensionEvent)
+	return (SProcXSendExtensionEvent(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_DeviceBell)
+	return (SProcXDeviceBell(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_SetDeviceValuators)
+	return (SProcXSetDeviceValuators(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_GetDeviceControl)
+	return (SProcXGetDeviceControl(client));
+    else if (stuff->data == X_ChangeDeviceControl)
+	return (SProcXChangeDeviceControl(client));
+    else {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, stuff->data, 0, BadRequest);
+    }
+    return (BadRequest);
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * SReplyIDispatch
+ * Swap any replies defined in this extension.
+ *
+ */
+
+/* FIXME: this would be more concise and readable in ANSI C */
+#define DISPATCH(code) \
+    if (rep->RepType == X_##code) \
+	SRepX##code (client, len, (x##code##Reply *) rep)
+
+void
+SReplyIDispatch(ClientPtr client, int len, xGrabDeviceReply * rep)
+					/* All we look at is the type field */
+{	/* This is common to all replies    */
+    if (rep->RepType == X_GetExtensionVersion)
+	SRepXGetExtensionVersion(client, len,
+				 (xGetExtensionVersionReply *) rep);
+    else if (rep->RepType == X_ListInputDevices)
+	SRepXListInputDevices(client, len, (xListInputDevicesReply *) rep);
+    else if (rep->RepType == X_OpenDevice)
+	SRepXOpenDevice(client, len, (xOpenDeviceReply *) rep);
+    else if (rep->RepType == X_SetDeviceMode)
+	SRepXSetDeviceMode(client, len, (xSetDeviceModeReply *) rep);
+    else if (rep->RepType == X_GetSelectedExtensionEvents)
+	SRepXGetSelectedExtensionEvents(client, len,
+					(xGetSelectedExtensionEventsReply *)
+					rep);
+    else if (rep->RepType == X_GetDeviceDontPropagateList)
+	SRepXGetDeviceDontPropagateList(client, len,
+					(xGetDeviceDontPropagateListReply *)
+					rep);
+    else if (rep->RepType == X_GetDeviceMotionEvents)
+	SRepXGetDeviceMotionEvents(client, len,
+				   (xGetDeviceMotionEventsReply *) rep);
+    else if (rep->RepType == X_ChangeKeyboardDevice)
+	SRepXChangeKeyboardDevice(client, len,
+				  (xChangeKeyboardDeviceReply *) rep);
+    else if (rep->RepType == X_ChangePointerDevice)
+	SRepXChangePointerDevice(client, len,
+				 (xChangePointerDeviceReply *) rep);
+    else if (rep->RepType == X_GrabDevice)
+	SRepXGrabDevice(client, len, (xGrabDeviceReply *) rep);
+    else if (rep->RepType == X_GetDeviceFocus)
+	SRepXGetDeviceFocus(client, len, (xGetDeviceFocusReply *) rep);
+    else if (rep->RepType == X_GetFeedbackControl)
+	SRepXGetFeedbackControl(client, len, (xGetFeedbackControlReply *) rep);
+    else if (rep->RepType == X_GetDeviceKeyMapping)
+	SRepXGetDeviceKeyMapping(client, len,
+				 (xGetDeviceKeyMappingReply *) rep);
+    else if (rep->RepType == X_GetDeviceModifierMapping)
+	SRepXGetDeviceModifierMapping(client, len,
+				      (xGetDeviceModifierMappingReply *) rep);
+    else if (rep->RepType == X_SetDeviceModifierMapping)
+	SRepXSetDeviceModifierMapping(client, len,
+				      (xSetDeviceModifierMappingReply *) rep);
+    else if (rep->RepType == X_GetDeviceButtonMapping)
+	SRepXGetDeviceButtonMapping(client, len,
+				    (xGetDeviceButtonMappingReply *) rep);
+    else if (rep->RepType == X_SetDeviceButtonMapping)
+	SRepXSetDeviceButtonMapping(client, len,
+				    (xSetDeviceButtonMappingReply *) rep);
+    else if (rep->RepType == X_QueryDeviceState)
+	SRepXQueryDeviceState(client, len, (xQueryDeviceStateReply *) rep);
+    else if (rep->RepType == X_SetDeviceValuators)
+	SRepXSetDeviceValuators(client, len, (xSetDeviceValuatorsReply *) rep);
+    else if (rep->RepType == X_GetDeviceControl)
+	SRepXGetDeviceControl(client, len, (xGetDeviceControlReply *) rep);
+    else if (rep->RepType == X_ChangeDeviceControl)
+	SRepXChangeDeviceControl(client, len,
+				 (xChangeDeviceControlReply *) rep);
+    else {
+	FatalError("XINPUT confused sending swapped reply");
+    }
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ *
+ *	SEventIDispatch
+ *
+ *	Swap any events defined in this extension.
+ */
+#define DO_SWAP(func,type) func ((type *)from, (type *)to)
+
+void
+SEventIDispatch(xEvent * from, xEvent * to)
+{
+    int type = from->u.u.type & 0177;
+
+    if (type == DeviceValuator)
+	DO_SWAP(SEventDeviceValuator, deviceValuator);
+    else if (type == DeviceKeyPress) {
+	SKeyButtonPtrEvent(from, to);
+	to->u.keyButtonPointer.pad1 = from->u.keyButtonPointer.pad1;
+    } else if (type == DeviceKeyRelease) {
+	SKeyButtonPtrEvent(from, to);
+	to->u.keyButtonPointer.pad1 = from->u.keyButtonPointer.pad1;
+    } else if (type == DeviceButtonPress) {
+	SKeyButtonPtrEvent(from, to);
+	to->u.keyButtonPointer.pad1 = from->u.keyButtonPointer.pad1;
+    } else if (type == DeviceButtonRelease) {
+	SKeyButtonPtrEvent(from, to);
+	to->u.keyButtonPointer.pad1 = from->u.keyButtonPointer.pad1;
+    } else if (type == DeviceMotionNotify) {
+	SKeyButtonPtrEvent(from, to);
+	to->u.keyButtonPointer.pad1 = from->u.keyButtonPointer.pad1;
+    } else if (type == DeviceFocusIn)
+	DO_SWAP(SEventFocus, deviceFocus);
+    else if (type == DeviceFocusOut)
+	DO_SWAP(SEventFocus, deviceFocus);
+    else if (type == ProximityIn) {
+	SKeyButtonPtrEvent(from, to);
+	to->u.keyButtonPointer.pad1 = from->u.keyButtonPointer.pad1;
+    } else if (type == ProximityOut) {
+	SKeyButtonPtrEvent(from, to);
+	to->u.keyButtonPointer.pad1 = from->u.keyButtonPointer.pad1;
+    } else if (type == DeviceStateNotify)
+	DO_SWAP(SDeviceStateNotifyEvent, deviceStateNotify);
+    else if (type == DeviceKeyStateNotify)
+	DO_SWAP(SDeviceKeyStateNotifyEvent, deviceKeyStateNotify);
+    else if (type == DeviceButtonStateNotify)
+	DO_SWAP(SDeviceButtonStateNotifyEvent, deviceButtonStateNotify);
+    else if (type == DeviceMappingNotify)
+	DO_SWAP(SDeviceMappingNotifyEvent, deviceMappingNotify);
+    else if (type == ChangeDeviceNotify)
+	DO_SWAP(SChangeDeviceNotifyEvent, changeDeviceNotify);
+    else {
+	FatalError("XInputExtension: Impossible event!\n");
+    }
+}
+
+/************************************************************************
+ *
+ * This function swaps the DeviceValuator event.
+ *
+ */
+
+void
+SEventDeviceValuator(deviceValuator * from, deviceValuator * to)
+{
+    register int i;
+    INT32 *ip B32;
+
+    *to = *from;
+    swaps(&to->sequenceNumber);
+    swaps(&to->device_state);
+    ip = &to->valuator0;
+    for (i = 0; i < 6; i++) {
+	swapl((ip + i));	/* macro - braces are required      */
+    }
+}
+
+void
+SEventFocus(deviceFocus * from, deviceFocus * to)
+{
+    *to = *from;
+    swaps(&to->sequenceNumber);
+    swapl(&to->time);
+    swapl(&to->window);
+}
+
+void
+SDeviceStateNotifyEvent(deviceStateNotify * from, deviceStateNotify * to)
+{
+    register int i;
+    INT32 *ip B32;
+
+    *to = *from;
+    swaps(&to->sequenceNumber);
+    swapl(&to->time);
+    ip = &to->valuator0;
+    for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) {
+	swapl((ip + i));	/* macro - braces are required      */
+    }
+}
+
+void
+SDeviceKeyStateNotifyEvent(deviceKeyStateNotify * from,
+			   deviceKeyStateNotify * to)
+{
+    *to = *from;
+    swaps(&to->sequenceNumber);
+}
+
+void
+SDeviceButtonStateNotifyEvent(deviceButtonStateNotify * from,
+			      deviceButtonStateNotify * to)
+{
+    *to = *from;
+    swaps(&to->sequenceNumber);
+}
+
+void
+SChangeDeviceNotifyEvent(changeDeviceNotify * from, changeDeviceNotify * to)
+{
+    *to = *from;
+    swaps(&to->sequenceNumber);
+    swapl(&to->time);
+}
+
+void
+SDeviceMappingNotifyEvent(deviceMappingNotify * from, deviceMappingNotify * to)
+{
+    *to = *from;
+    swaps(&to->sequenceNumber);
+    swapl(&to->time);
+}
+
+/************************************************************************
+ *
+ * This function sets up extension event types and masks.
+ *
+ */
+
+void
+FixExtensionEvents(ExtensionEntry * extEntry)
+{
+    Mask mask;
+
+    DeviceValuator = extEntry->eventBase;
+    DeviceKeyPress = DeviceValuator + 1;
+    DeviceKeyRelease = DeviceKeyPress + 1;
+    DeviceButtonPress = DeviceKeyRelease + 1;
+    DeviceButtonRelease = DeviceButtonPress + 1;
+    DeviceMotionNotify = DeviceButtonRelease + 1;
+    DeviceFocusIn = DeviceMotionNotify + 1;
+    DeviceFocusOut = DeviceFocusIn + 1;
+    ProximityIn = DeviceFocusOut + 1;
+    ProximityOut = ProximityIn + 1;
+    DeviceStateNotify = ProximityOut + 1;
+    DeviceMappingNotify = DeviceStateNotify + 1;
+    ChangeDeviceNotify = DeviceMappingNotify + 1;
+    DeviceKeyStateNotify = ChangeDeviceNotify + 1;
+    DeviceButtonStateNotify = DeviceKeyStateNotify + 1;
+
+    event_base[KeyClass] = DeviceKeyPress;
+    event_base[ButtonClass] = DeviceButtonPress;
+    event_base[ValuatorClass] = DeviceMotionNotify;
+    event_base[ProximityClass] = ProximityIn;
+    event_base[FocusClass] = DeviceFocusIn;
+    event_base[OtherClass] = DeviceStateNotify;
+
+    BadDevice += extEntry->errorBase;
+    BadEvent += extEntry->errorBase;
+    BadMode += extEntry->errorBase;
+    DeviceBusy += extEntry->errorBase;
+    BadClass += extEntry->errorBase;
+
+    mask = GetNextExtEventMask();
+    SetMaskForExtEvent(mask, DeviceKeyPress);
+    AllowPropagateSuppress(mask);
+
+    mask = GetNextExtEventMask();
+    SetMaskForExtEvent(mask, DeviceKeyRelease);
+    AllowPropagateSuppress(mask);
+
+    mask = GetNextExtEventMask();
+    SetMaskForExtEvent(mask, DeviceButtonPress);
+    AllowPropagateSuppress(mask);
+
+    mask = GetNextExtEventMask();
+    SetMaskForExtEvent(mask, DeviceButtonRelease);
+    AllowPropagateSuppress(mask);
+
+    mask = GetNextExtEventMask();
+    SetMaskForExtEvent(mask, ProximityIn);
+    SetMaskForExtEvent(mask, ProximityOut);
+    AllowPropagateSuppress(mask);
+
+    mask = GetNextExtEventMask();
+    DeviceStateNotifyMask = mask;
+    SetMaskForExtEvent(mask, DeviceStateNotify);
+
+    mask = GetNextExtEventMask();
+    DevicePointerMotionMask = mask;
+    SetMaskForExtEvent(mask, DeviceMotionNotify);
+    AllowPropagateSuppress(mask);
+
+    DevicePointerMotionHintMask = GetNextExtEventMask();
+    SetEventInfo(DevicePointerMotionHintMask, _devicePointerMotionHint);
+    SetEventInfo(GetNextExtEventMask(), _deviceButton1Motion);
+    SetEventInfo(GetNextExtEventMask(), _deviceButton2Motion);
+    SetEventInfo(GetNextExtEventMask(), _deviceButton3Motion);
+    SetEventInfo(GetNextExtEventMask(), _deviceButton4Motion);
+    SetEventInfo(GetNextExtEventMask(), _deviceButton5Motion);
+    DeviceButtonMotionMask = GetNextExtEventMask();
+    SetEventInfo(DeviceButtonMotionMask, _deviceButtonMotion);
+
+    DeviceFocusChangeMask = GetNextExtEventMask();
+    SetMaskForExtEvent(DeviceFocusChangeMask, DeviceFocusIn);
+    SetMaskForExtEvent(DeviceFocusChangeMask, DeviceFocusOut);
+
+    mask = GetNextExtEventMask();
+    SetMaskForExtEvent(mask, DeviceMappingNotify);
+    DeviceMappingNotifyMask = mask;
+
+    mask = GetNextExtEventMask();
+    SetMaskForExtEvent(mask, ChangeDeviceNotify);
+    ChangeDeviceNotifyMask = mask;
+
+    DeviceButtonGrabMask = GetNextExtEventMask();
+    SetEventInfo(DeviceButtonGrabMask, _deviceButtonGrab);
+    SetExclusiveAccess(DeviceButtonGrabMask);
+
+    DeviceOwnerGrabButtonMask = GetNextExtEventMask();
+    SetEventInfo(DeviceOwnerGrabButtonMask, _deviceOwnerGrabButton);
+    SetEventInfo(0, _noExtensionEvent);
+}
+
+/************************************************************************
+ *
+ * This function restores extension event types and masks to their 
+ * initial state.
+ *
+ */
+
+void
+RestoreExtensionEvents(void)
+{
+    int i;
+
+    IReqCode = 0;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < ExtEventIndex - 1; i++) {
+	if ((EventInfo[i].type >= LASTEvent) && (EventInfo[i].type < 128))
+	    SetMaskForEvent(0, EventInfo[i].type);
+	EventInfo[i].mask = 0;
+	EventInfo[i].type = 0;
+    }
+    ExtEventIndex = 0;
+    lastExtEventMask = 1;
+    DeviceValuator = 0;
+    DeviceKeyPress = 1;
+    DeviceKeyRelease = 2;
+    DeviceButtonPress = 3;
+    DeviceButtonRelease = 4;
+    DeviceMotionNotify = 5;
+    DeviceFocusIn = 6;
+    DeviceFocusOut = 7;
+    ProximityIn = 8;
+    ProximityOut = 9;
+    DeviceStateNotify = 10;
+    DeviceMappingNotify = 11;
+    ChangeDeviceNotify = 12;
+    DeviceKeyStateNotify = 13;
+    DeviceButtonStateNotify = 13;
+
+    BadDevice = 0;
+    BadEvent = 1;
+    BadMode = 2;
+    DeviceBusy = 3;
+    BadClass = 4;
+
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * IResetProc.
+ * Remove reply-swapping routine.
+ * Remove event-swapping routine.
+ *
+ */
+
+void
+IResetProc(ExtensionEntry * unused)
+{
+
+    ReplySwapVector[IReqCode] = ReplyNotSwappd;
+    EventSwapVector[DeviceValuator] = NotImplemented;
+    EventSwapVector[DeviceKeyPress] = NotImplemented;
+    EventSwapVector[DeviceKeyRelease] = NotImplemented;
+    EventSwapVector[DeviceButtonPress] = NotImplemented;
+    EventSwapVector[DeviceButtonRelease] = NotImplemented;
+    EventSwapVector[DeviceMotionNotify] = NotImplemented;
+    EventSwapVector[DeviceFocusIn] = NotImplemented;
+    EventSwapVector[DeviceFocusOut] = NotImplemented;
+    EventSwapVector[ProximityIn] = NotImplemented;
+    EventSwapVector[ProximityOut] = NotImplemented;
+    EventSwapVector[DeviceStateNotify] = NotImplemented;
+    EventSwapVector[DeviceKeyStateNotify] = NotImplemented;
+    EventSwapVector[DeviceButtonStateNotify] = NotImplemented;
+    EventSwapVector[DeviceMappingNotify] = NotImplemented;
+    EventSwapVector[ChangeDeviceNotify] = NotImplemented;
+    RestoreExtensionEvents();
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Assign an id and type to an input device.
+ *
+ */
+
+void
+AssignTypeAndName(DeviceIntPtr dev, Atom type, char *name)
+{
+    dev->type = type;
+    dev->name = (char *)malloc(strlen(name) + 1);
+    strcpy(dev->name, name);
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Make device type atoms.
+ *
+ */
+
+void
+MakeDeviceTypeAtoms(void)
+{
+    int i;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < NUMTYPES; i++)
+	dev_type[i].type =
+	    MakeAtom(dev_type[i].name, strlen(dev_type[i].name), 1);
+}
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Return a DeviceIntPtr corresponding to a specified device id.
+ * This will not return the pointer or keyboard, or devices that are not on.
+ *
+ */
+
+DeviceIntPtr
+LookupDeviceIntRec(CARD8 id)
+{
+    DeviceIntPtr dev;
+
+    for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next) {
+	if (dev->id == id) {
+	    if (id == inputInfo.pointer->id || id == inputInfo.keyboard->id)
+		return (NULL);
+	    return (dev);
+	}
+    }
+    return (NULL);
+}
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Allow the specified event to be restricted to being selected by one
+ * client at a time.
+ * The default is to allow more than one client to select the event.
+ *
+ */
+
+void
+SetExclusiveAccess(Mask mask)
+{
+    int i;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < MAX_DEVICES; i++)
+	ExtExclusiveMasks[i] |= mask;
+}
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Allow the specified event to have its propagation suppressed.
+ * The default is to not allow suppression of propagation.
+ *
+ */
+
+void
+AllowPropagateSuppress(Mask mask)
+{
+    int i;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < MAX_DEVICES; i++)
+	PropagateMask[i] |= mask;
+}
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Return the next available extension event mask.
+ *
+ */
+
+Mask
+GetNextExtEventMask(void)
+{
+    int i;
+    Mask mask = lastExtEventMask;
+
+    if (lastExtEventMask == 0) {
+	FatalError("GetNextExtEventMask: no more events are available.");
+    }
+    lastExtEventMask <<= 1;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < MAX_DEVICES; i++)
+	ExtValidMasks[i] |= mask;
+    return mask;
+}
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Assign the specified mask to the specified event.
+ *
+ */
+
+void
+SetMaskForExtEvent(Mask mask, int event)
+{
+
+    EventInfo[ExtEventIndex].mask = mask;
+    EventInfo[ExtEventIndex++].type = event;
+
+    if ((event < LASTEvent) || (event >= 128))
+	FatalError("MaskForExtensionEvent: bogus event number");
+    SetMaskForEvent(mask, event);
+}
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Record an event mask where there is no unique corresponding event type.
+ * We can't call SetMaskForEvent, since that would clobber the existing
+ * mask for that event.  MotionHint and ButtonMotion are examples.
+ *
+ * Since extension event types will never be less than 64, we can use
+ * 0-63 in the EventInfo array as the "type" to be used to look up this
+ * mask.  This means that the corresponding macros such as 
+ * DevicePointerMotionHint must have access to the same constants.
+ *
+ */
+
+void
+SetEventInfo(Mask mask, int constant)
+{
+    EventInfo[ExtEventIndex].mask = mask;
+    EventInfo[ExtEventIndex++].type = constant;
+}

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/getbmap.c

@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1989, 1998  The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+Copyright 1989 by Hewlett-Packard Company, Palo Alto, California.
+
+			All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Hewlett-Packard not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+HEWLETT-PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+HEWLETT-PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Extension function to return the version of the extension.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <nx-X11/X.h>	/* for inputstr.h    */
+#include <nx-X11/Xproto.h>	/* Request macro     */
+#include "inputstr.h"	/* DeviceIntPtr      */
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XI.h>
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
+#include "extnsionst.h"
+#include "extinit.h"	/* LookupDeviceIntRec */
+#include "exglobals.h"
+
+#include "getbmap.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure gets the button mapping for the specified device.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+SProcXGetDeviceButtonMapping(register ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xGetDeviceButtonMappingReq);
+    swaps(&stuff->length);
+    return (ProcXGetDeviceButtonMapping(client));
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure gets the button mapping for the specified device.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+ProcXGetDeviceButtonMapping(register ClientPtr client)
+{
+    DeviceIntPtr dev;
+    xGetDeviceButtonMappingReply rep;
+    ButtonClassPtr b;
+
+    REQUEST(xGetDeviceButtonMappingReq);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGetDeviceButtonMappingReq);
+
+    rep.repType = X_Reply;
+    rep.RepType = X_GetDeviceButtonMapping;
+    rep.nElts = 0;
+    rep.length = 0;
+    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+
+    dev = LookupDeviceIntRec(stuff->deviceid);
+    if (dev == NULL) {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_GetDeviceButtonMapping, 0,
+			  BadDevice);
+	return Success;
+    }
+
+    b = dev->button;
+    if (b == NULL) {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_GetDeviceButtonMapping, 0,
+			  BadMatch);
+	return Success;
+    }
+    rep.nElts = b->numButtons;
+    rep.length = (rep.nElts + (4 - 1)) / 4;
+    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetDeviceButtonMappingReply), &rep);
+    WriteToClient(client, rep.nElts, &b->map[1]);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure writes the reply for the XGetDeviceButtonMapping function,
+ * if the client and server have a different byte ordering.
+ *
+ */
+
+void
+SRepXGetDeviceButtonMapping(ClientPtr client, int size,
+			    xGetDeviceButtonMappingReply * rep)
+{
+    swaps(&rep->sequenceNumber);
+    swapl(&rep->length);
+    WriteToClient(client, size, rep);
+}

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/getbmap.h

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net>
+
+                        All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of the above listed
+copyright holder(s) not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining
+to distribution of the software without specific, written prior
+permission.
+
+THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD
+TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
+AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GETBMAP_H
+#define GETBMAP_H 1
+
+int SProcXGetDeviceButtonMapping(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+int ProcXGetDeviceButtonMapping(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+void SRepXGetDeviceButtonMapping(ClientPtr /* client */ ,
+				 int /* size */ ,
+				 xGetDeviceButtonMappingReply *	/* rep */
+    );
+
+#endif /* GETBMAP_H */

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/getdctl.c

@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1989, 1998  The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+Copyright 1989 by Hewlett-Packard Company, Palo Alto, California.
+
+			All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Hewlett-Packard not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+HEWLETT-PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+HEWLETT-PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+/********************************************************************
+ *
+ *  Get Device control attributes for an extension device.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <nx-X11/X.h>	/* for inputstr.h    */
+#include <nx-X11/Xproto.h>	/* Request macro     */
+#include "inputstr.h"	/* DeviceIntPtr      */
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XI.h>
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
+#include "extnsionst.h"
+#include "extinit.h"	/* LookupDeviceIntRec */
+#include "exglobals.h"
+
+#include "getdctl.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure gets the control attributes for an extension device,
+ * for clients on machines with a different byte ordering than the server.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+SProcXGetDeviceControl(register ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xGetDeviceControlReq);
+    swaps(&stuff->length);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGetDeviceControlReq);
+    swaps(&stuff->control);
+    return (ProcXGetDeviceControl(client));
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Get the state of the specified device control.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+ProcXGetDeviceControl(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    int total_length = 0;
+    char *buf, *savbuf;
+    register DeviceIntPtr dev;
+    xGetDeviceControlReply rep;
+
+    REQUEST(xGetDeviceControlReq);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGetDeviceControlReq);
+
+    dev = LookupDeviceIntRec(stuff->deviceid);
+    if (dev == NULL) {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_GetDeviceControl, 0, BadDevice);
+	return Success;
+    }
+
+    rep.repType = X_Reply;
+    rep.RepType = X_GetDeviceControl;
+    rep.length = 0;
+    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+
+    switch (stuff->control) {
+    case DEVICE_RESOLUTION:
+	if (!dev->valuator) {
+	    SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_GetDeviceControl, 0,
+			      BadMatch);
+	    return Success;
+	}
+	total_length = sizeof(xDeviceResolutionState) +
+	    (3 * sizeof(int) * dev->valuator->numAxes);
+	break;
+    default:
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_GetDeviceControl, 0, BadValue);
+	return Success;
+    }
+
+    buf = (char *)malloc(total_length);
+    if (!buf) {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_GetDeviceControl, 0, BadAlloc);
+	return Success;
+    }
+    savbuf = buf;
+
+    switch (stuff->control) {
+    case DEVICE_RESOLUTION:
+	CopySwapDeviceResolution(client, dev->valuator, buf, total_length);
+	break;
+    default:
+	break;
+    }
+
+    rep.length = (total_length + 3) >> 2;
+    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetDeviceControlReply), &rep);
+    WriteToClient(client, total_length, savbuf);
+    free(savbuf);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure copies DeviceResolution data, swapping if necessary.
+ *
+ */
+
+void
+CopySwapDeviceResolution(ClientPtr client, ValuatorClassPtr v, char *buf,
+			 int length)
+{
+    AxisInfoPtr a;
+    xDeviceResolutionState *r;
+    int i, *iptr;
+
+    r = (xDeviceResolutionState *) buf;
+    r->control = DEVICE_RESOLUTION;
+    r->length = length;
+    r->num_valuators = v->numAxes;
+    buf += sizeof(xDeviceResolutionState);
+    iptr = (int *)buf;
+    for (i = 0, a = v->axes; i < v->numAxes; i++, a++)
+	*iptr++ = a->resolution;
+    for (i = 0, a = v->axes; i < v->numAxes; i++, a++)
+	*iptr++ = a->min_resolution;
+    for (i = 0, a = v->axes; i < v->numAxes; i++, a++)
+	*iptr++ = a->max_resolution;
+    if (client->swapped) {
+	swaps(&r->control);
+	swaps(&r->length);
+	swapl(&r->num_valuators);
+	iptr = (int *)buf;
+	for (i = 0; i < (3 * v->numAxes); i++, iptr++) {
+	    swapl(iptr);
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure writes the reply for the xGetDeviceControl function,
+ * if the client and server have a different byte ordering.
+ *
+ */
+
+void
+SRepXGetDeviceControl(ClientPtr client, int size, xGetDeviceControlReply * rep)
+{
+    swaps(&rep->sequenceNumber);
+    swapl(&rep->length);
+    WriteToClient(client, size, rep);
+}

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/getdctl.h

@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net>
+
+                        All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of the above listed
+copyright holder(s) not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining
+to distribution of the software without specific, written prior
+permission.
+
+THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD
+TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
+AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GETDCTL_H
+#define GETDCTL_H 1
+
+int SProcXGetDeviceControl(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+int ProcXGetDeviceControl(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+void CopySwapDeviceResolution(ClientPtr /* client */ ,
+			      ValuatorClassPtr /* v */ ,
+			      char * /* buf */ ,
+			      int	/* length */
+    );
+
+void SRepXGetDeviceControl(ClientPtr /* client */ ,
+			   int /* size */ ,
+			   xGetDeviceControlReply *	/* rep */
+    );
+
+#endif /* GETDCTL_H */

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/getfctl.c

@@ -0,0 +1,366 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1989, 1998  The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+Copyright 1989 by Hewlett-Packard Company, Palo Alto, California.
+
+			All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Hewlett-Packard not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+HEWLETT-PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+HEWLETT-PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+/********************************************************************
+ *
+ *  Get feedback control attributes for an extension device.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <nx-X11/X.h>	/* for inputstr.h    */
+#include <nx-X11/Xproto.h>	/* Request macro     */
+#include "inputstr.h"	/* DeviceIntPtr      */
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XI.h>
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
+#include "extnsionst.h"
+#include "extinit.h"	/* LookupDeviceIntRec */
+#include "exglobals.h"
+
+#include "getfctl.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure gets the control attributes for an extension device,
+ * for clients on machines with a different byte ordering than the server.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+SProcXGetFeedbackControl(register ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xGetFeedbackControlReq);
+    swaps(&stuff->length);
+    return (ProcXGetFeedbackControl(client));
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Get the feedback control state.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+ProcXGetFeedbackControl(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    int total_length = 0;
+    char *buf, *savbuf;
+    register DeviceIntPtr dev;
+    KbdFeedbackPtr k;
+    PtrFeedbackPtr p;
+    IntegerFeedbackPtr i;
+    StringFeedbackPtr s;
+    BellFeedbackPtr b;
+    LedFeedbackPtr l;
+    xGetFeedbackControlReply rep;
+
+    REQUEST(xGetFeedbackControlReq);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGetFeedbackControlReq);
+
+    dev = LookupDeviceIntRec(stuff->deviceid);
+    if (dev == NULL) {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_GetFeedbackControl, 0, BadDevice);
+	return Success;
+    }
+
+    rep.repType = X_Reply;
+    rep.RepType = X_GetFeedbackControl;
+    rep.length = 0;
+    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+    rep.num_feedbacks = 0;
+
+    for (k = dev->kbdfeed; k; k = k->next) {
+	rep.num_feedbacks++;
+	total_length += sizeof(xKbdFeedbackState);
+    }
+    for (p = dev->ptrfeed; p; p = p->next) {
+	rep.num_feedbacks++;
+	total_length += sizeof(xPtrFeedbackState);
+    }
+    for (s = dev->stringfeed; s; s = s->next) {
+	rep.num_feedbacks++;
+	total_length += sizeof(xStringFeedbackState) +
+	    (s->ctrl.num_symbols_supported * sizeof(KeySym));
+    }
+    for (i = dev->intfeed; i; i = i->next) {
+	rep.num_feedbacks++;
+	total_length += sizeof(xIntegerFeedbackState);
+    }
+    for (l = dev->leds; l; l = l->next) {
+	rep.num_feedbacks++;
+	total_length += sizeof(xLedFeedbackState);
+    }
+    for (b = dev->bell; b; b = b->next) {
+	rep.num_feedbacks++;
+	total_length += sizeof(xBellFeedbackState);
+    }
+
+    if (total_length == 0) {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_GetFeedbackControl, 0, BadMatch);
+	return Success;
+    }
+
+    buf = (char *)malloc(total_length);
+    if (!buf) {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_GetFeedbackControl, 0, BadAlloc);
+	return Success;
+    }
+    savbuf = buf;
+
+    for (k = dev->kbdfeed; k; k = k->next)
+	CopySwapKbdFeedback(client, k, &buf);
+    for (p = dev->ptrfeed; p; p = p->next)
+	CopySwapPtrFeedback(client, p, &buf);
+    for (s = dev->stringfeed; s; s = s->next)
+	CopySwapStringFeedback(client, s, &buf);
+    for (i = dev->intfeed; i; i = i->next)
+	CopySwapIntegerFeedback(client, i, &buf);
+    for (l = dev->leds; l; l = l->next)
+	CopySwapLedFeedback(client, l, &buf);
+    for (b = dev->bell; b; b = b->next)
+	CopySwapBellFeedback(client, b, &buf);
+
+    rep.length = (total_length + 3) >> 2;
+    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetFeedbackControlReply), &rep);
+    WriteToClient(client, total_length, savbuf);
+    free(savbuf);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure copies KbdFeedbackClass data, swapping if necessary.
+ *
+ */
+
+void
+CopySwapKbdFeedback(ClientPtr client, KbdFeedbackPtr k, char **buf)
+{
+    int i;
+    xKbdFeedbackState *k2;
+
+    k2 = (xKbdFeedbackState *) * buf;
+    k2->class = KbdFeedbackClass;
+    k2->length = sizeof(xKbdFeedbackState);
+    k2->id = k->ctrl.id;
+    k2->click = k->ctrl.click;
+    k2->percent = k->ctrl.bell;
+    k2->pitch = k->ctrl.bell_pitch;
+    k2->duration = k->ctrl.bell_duration;
+    k2->led_mask = k->ctrl.leds;
+    k2->global_auto_repeat = k->ctrl.autoRepeat;
+    for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
+	k2->auto_repeats[i] = k->ctrl.autoRepeats[i];
+    if (client->swapped) {
+	swaps(&k2->length);
+	swaps(&k2->pitch);
+	swaps(&k2->duration);
+	swapl(&k2->led_mask);
+	swapl(&k2->led_values);
+    }
+    *buf += sizeof(xKbdFeedbackState);
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure copies PtrFeedbackClass data, swapping if necessary.
+ *
+ */
+
+void
+CopySwapPtrFeedback(ClientPtr client, PtrFeedbackPtr p, char **buf)
+{
+    xPtrFeedbackState *p2;
+
+    p2 = (xPtrFeedbackState *) * buf;
+    p2->class = PtrFeedbackClass;
+    p2->length = sizeof(xPtrFeedbackState);
+    p2->id = p->ctrl.id;
+    p2->accelNum = p->ctrl.num;
+    p2->accelDenom = p->ctrl.den;
+    p2->threshold = p->ctrl.threshold;
+    if (client->swapped) {
+	swaps(&p2->length);
+	swaps(&p2->accelNum);
+	swaps(&p2->accelDenom);
+	swaps(&p2->threshold);
+    }
+    *buf += sizeof(xPtrFeedbackState);
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure copies IntegerFeedbackClass data, swapping if necessary.
+ *
+ */
+
+void
+CopySwapIntegerFeedback(ClientPtr client, IntegerFeedbackPtr i, char **buf)
+{
+    xIntegerFeedbackState *i2;
+
+    i2 = (xIntegerFeedbackState *) * buf;
+    i2->class = IntegerFeedbackClass;
+    i2->length = sizeof(xIntegerFeedbackState);
+    i2->id = i->ctrl.id;
+    i2->resolution = i->ctrl.resolution;
+    i2->min_value = i->ctrl.min_value;
+    i2->max_value = i->ctrl.max_value;
+    if (client->swapped) {
+	swaps(&i2->length);
+	swapl(&i2->resolution);
+	swapl(&i2->min_value);
+	swapl(&i2->max_value);
+    }
+    *buf += sizeof(xIntegerFeedbackState);
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure copies StringFeedbackClass data, swapping if necessary.
+ *
+ */
+
+void
+CopySwapStringFeedback(ClientPtr client, StringFeedbackPtr s, char **buf)
+{
+    int i;
+    xStringFeedbackState *s2;
+    KeySym *kptr;
+
+    s2 = (xStringFeedbackState *) * buf;
+    s2->class = StringFeedbackClass;
+    s2->length = sizeof(xStringFeedbackState) +
+	s->ctrl.num_symbols_supported * sizeof(KeySym);
+    s2->id = s->ctrl.id;
+    s2->max_symbols = s->ctrl.max_symbols;
+    s2->num_syms_supported = s->ctrl.num_symbols_supported;
+    *buf += sizeof(xStringFeedbackState);
+    kptr = (KeySym *) (*buf);
+    for (i = 0; i < s->ctrl.num_symbols_supported; i++)
+	*kptr++ = *(s->ctrl.symbols_supported + i);
+    if (client->swapped) {
+	swaps(&s2->length);
+	swaps(&s2->max_symbols);
+	swaps(&s2->num_syms_supported);
+	kptr = (KeySym *) (*buf);
+	for (i = 0; i < s->ctrl.num_symbols_supported; i++, kptr++) {
+	    swapl(kptr);
+	}
+    }
+    *buf += (s->ctrl.num_symbols_supported * sizeof(KeySym));
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure copies LedFeedbackClass data, swapping if necessary.
+ *
+ */
+
+void
+CopySwapLedFeedback(ClientPtr client, LedFeedbackPtr l, char **buf)
+{
+    xLedFeedbackState *l2;
+
+    l2 = (xLedFeedbackState *) * buf;
+    l2->class = LedFeedbackClass;
+    l2->length = sizeof(xLedFeedbackState);
+    l2->id = l->ctrl.id;
+    l2->led_values = l->ctrl.led_values;
+    l2->led_mask = l->ctrl.led_mask;
+    if (client->swapped) {
+	swaps(&l2->length);
+	swapl(&l2->led_values);
+	swapl(&l2->led_mask);
+    }
+    *buf += sizeof(xLedFeedbackState);
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure copies BellFeedbackClass data, swapping if necessary.
+ *
+ */
+
+void
+CopySwapBellFeedback(ClientPtr client, BellFeedbackPtr b, char **buf)
+{
+    xBellFeedbackState *b2;
+
+    b2 = (xBellFeedbackState *) * buf;
+    b2->class = BellFeedbackClass;
+    b2->length = sizeof(xBellFeedbackState);
+    b2->id = b->ctrl.id;
+    b2->percent = b->ctrl.percent;
+    b2->pitch = b->ctrl.pitch;
+    b2->duration = b->ctrl.duration;
+    if (client->swapped) {
+	swaps(&b2->length);
+	swaps(&b2->pitch);
+	swaps(&b2->duration);
+    }
+    *buf += sizeof(xBellFeedbackState);
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure writes the reply for the xGetFeedbackControl function,
+ * if the client and server have a different byte ordering.
+ *
+ */
+
+void
+SRepXGetFeedbackControl(ClientPtr client, int size,
+			xGetFeedbackControlReply * rep)
+{
+    swaps(&rep->sequenceNumber);
+    swapl(&rep->length);
+    swaps(&rep->num_feedbacks);
+    WriteToClient(client, size, rep);
+}

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/getfctl.h

@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net>
+
+                        All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of the above listed
+copyright holder(s) not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining
+to distribution of the software without specific, written prior
+permission.
+
+THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD
+TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
+AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GETFCTL_H
+#define GETFCTL_H 1
+
+int SProcXGetFeedbackControl(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+int ProcXGetFeedbackControl(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+void CopySwapKbdFeedback(ClientPtr /* client */ ,
+			 KbdFeedbackPtr /* k */ ,
+			 char **	/* buf */
+    );
+
+void CopySwapPtrFeedback(ClientPtr /* client */ ,
+			 PtrFeedbackPtr /* p */ ,
+			 char **	/* buf */
+    );
+
+void CopySwapIntegerFeedback(ClientPtr /* client */ ,
+			     IntegerFeedbackPtr /* i */ ,
+			     char **	/* buf */
+    );
+
+void CopySwapStringFeedback(ClientPtr /* client */ ,
+			    StringFeedbackPtr /* s */ ,
+			    char **	/* buf */
+    );
+
+void CopySwapLedFeedback(ClientPtr /* client */ ,
+			 LedFeedbackPtr /* l */ ,
+			 char **	/* buf */
+    );
+
+void CopySwapBellFeedback(ClientPtr /* client */ ,
+			  BellFeedbackPtr /* b */ ,
+			  char **	/* buf */
+    );
+
+void SRepXGetFeedbackControl(ClientPtr /* client */ ,
+			     int /* size */ ,
+			     xGetFeedbackControlReply *	/* rep */
+    );
+
+#endif /* GETFCTL_H */

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/getfocus.c

@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1989, 1998  The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+Copyright 1989 by Hewlett-Packard Company, Palo Alto, California.
+
+			All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Hewlett-Packard not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+HEWLETT-PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+HEWLETT-PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Extension function to get the focus for an extension device.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <nx-X11/X.h>	/* for inputstr.h    */
+#include <nx-X11/Xproto.h>	/* Request macro     */
+#include "windowstr.h"	/* focus struct      */
+#include "inputstr.h"	/* DeviceIntPtr      */
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XI.h>
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
+#include "extnsionst.h"
+#include "extinit.h"	/* LookupDeviceIntRec */
+#include "exglobals.h"
+
+#include "getfocus.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure gets the focus for a device.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+SProcXGetDeviceFocus(register ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xGetDeviceFocusReq);
+    swaps(&stuff->length);
+    return (ProcXGetDeviceFocus(client));
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure gets the focus for a device.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+ProcXGetDeviceFocus(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    DeviceIntPtr dev;
+    FocusClassPtr focus;
+    xGetDeviceFocusReply rep;
+
+    REQUEST(xGetDeviceFocusReq);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGetDeviceFocusReq);
+
+    dev = LookupDeviceIntRec(stuff->deviceid);
+    if (dev == NULL || !dev->focus) {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_GetDeviceFocus, 0, BadDevice);
+	return Success;
+    }
+
+    rep.repType = X_Reply;
+    rep.RepType = X_GetDeviceFocus;
+    rep.length = 0;
+    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+
+    focus = dev->focus;
+
+    if (focus->win == NoneWin)
+	rep.focus = None;
+    else if (focus->win == PointerRootWin)
+	rep.focus = PointerRoot;
+    else if (focus->win == FollowKeyboardWin)
+	rep.focus = FollowKeyboard;
+    else
+	rep.focus = focus->win->drawable.id;
+
+    rep.time = focus->time.milliseconds;
+    rep.revertTo = focus->revert;
+    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetDeviceFocusReply), &rep);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure writes the reply for the GetDeviceFocus function,
+ * if the client and server have a different byte ordering.
+ *
+ */
+
+void
+SRepXGetDeviceFocus(ClientPtr client, int size, xGetDeviceFocusReply * rep)
+{
+    swaps(&rep->sequenceNumber);
+    swapl(&rep->length);
+    swapl(&rep->focus);
+    swapl(&rep->time);
+    WriteToClient(client, size, rep);
+}

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/getfocus.h

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net>
+
+                        All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of the above listed
+copyright holder(s) not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining
+to distribution of the software without specific, written prior
+permission.
+
+THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD
+TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
+AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GETFOCUS_H
+#define GETFOCUS_H 1
+
+int SProcXGetDeviceFocus(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+int ProcXGetDeviceFocus(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+void SRepXGetDeviceFocus(ClientPtr /* client */ ,
+			 int /* size */ ,
+			 xGetDeviceFocusReply *	/* rep */
+    );
+
+#endif /* GETFOCUS_H */

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/getkmap.c

@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1989, 1998  The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+Copyright 1989 by Hewlett-Packard Company, Palo Alto, California.
+
+			All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Hewlett-Packard not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+HEWLETT-PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+HEWLETT-PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+/********************************************************************
+ *
+ *  Get the key mapping for an extension device.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <nx-X11/X.h>	/* for inputstr.h    */
+#include <nx-X11/Xproto.h>	/* Request macro     */
+#include "inputstr.h"	/* DeviceIntPtr      */
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XI.h>
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
+#include "extnsionst.h"
+#include "extinit.h"	/* LookupDeviceIntRec */
+#include "exglobals.h"
+#include "swaprep.h"
+
+#include "getkmap.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure gets the key mapping for an extension device,
+ * for clients on machines with a different byte ordering than the server.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+SProcXGetDeviceKeyMapping(register ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xGetDeviceKeyMappingReq);
+    swaps(&stuff->length);
+    return (ProcXGetDeviceKeyMapping(client));
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Get the device key mapping.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+ProcXGetDeviceKeyMapping(register ClientPtr client)
+{
+    xGetDeviceKeyMappingReply rep;
+    DeviceIntPtr dev;
+    KeySymsPtr k;
+
+    REQUEST(xGetDeviceKeyMappingReq);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGetDeviceKeyMappingReq);
+
+    dev = LookupDeviceIntRec(stuff->deviceid);
+    if (dev == NULL) {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_GetDeviceKeyMapping, 0,
+			  BadDevice);
+	return Success;
+    }
+
+    if (dev->key == NULL) {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_GetDeviceKeyMapping, 0, BadMatch);
+	return Success;
+    }
+    k = &dev->key->curKeySyms;
+
+    if ((stuff->firstKeyCode < k->minKeyCode) ||
+	(stuff->firstKeyCode > k->maxKeyCode)) {
+	client->errorValue = stuff->firstKeyCode;
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_GetDeviceKeyMapping, 0, BadValue);
+	return Success;
+    }
+
+    if (stuff->firstKeyCode + stuff->count > k->maxKeyCode + 1) {
+	client->errorValue = stuff->count;
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_GetDeviceKeyMapping, 0, BadValue);
+	return Success;
+    }
+
+    rep.repType = X_Reply;
+    rep.RepType = X_GetDeviceKeyMapping;
+    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+    rep.keySymsPerKeyCode = k->mapWidth;
+    rep.length = (k->mapWidth * stuff->count);	/* KeySyms are 4 bytes */
+    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetDeviceKeyMappingReply), &rep);
+
+    client->pSwapReplyFunc = (ReplySwapPtr) CopySwap32Write;
+    WriteSwappedDataToClient(client,
+			     k->mapWidth * stuff->count * sizeof(KeySym),
+			     &k->map[(stuff->firstKeyCode - k->minKeyCode) *
+				     k->mapWidth]);
+
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure writes the reply for the XGetDeviceKeyMapping function,
+ * if the client and server have a different byte ordering.
+ *
+ */
+
+void
+SRepXGetDeviceKeyMapping(ClientPtr client, int size,
+			 xGetDeviceKeyMappingReply * rep)
+{
+    swaps(&rep->sequenceNumber);
+    swapl(&rep->length);
+    WriteToClient(client, size, rep);
+}

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/getkmap.h

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net>
+
+                        All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of the above listed
+copyright holder(s) not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining
+to distribution of the software without specific, written prior
+permission.
+
+THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD
+TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
+AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GETKMAP_H
+#define GETKMAP_H 1
+
+int SProcXGetDeviceKeyMapping(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+int ProcXGetDeviceKeyMapping(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+void SRepXGetDeviceKeyMapping(ClientPtr /* client */ ,
+			      int /* size */ ,
+			      xGetDeviceKeyMappingReply *	/* rep */
+    );
+
+#endif /* GETKMAP_H */

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/getmmap.c

@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1989, 1998  The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+Copyright 1989 by Hewlett-Packard Company, Palo Alto, California.
+
+			All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Hewlett-Packard not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+HEWLETT-PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+HEWLETT-PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+/********************************************************************
+ *
+ *  Get the modifier mapping for an extension device.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <nx-X11/X.h>	/* for inputstr.h    */
+#include <nx-X11/Xproto.h>	/* Request macro     */
+#include "inputstr.h"	/* DeviceIntPtr      */
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XI.h>
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XIproto.h>	/* Request macro     */
+#include "extnsionst.h"
+#include "extinit.h"	/* LookupDeviceIntRec */
+#include "exglobals.h"
+
+#include "getmmap.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure gets the modifier mapping for an extension device,
+ * for clients on machines with a different byte ordering than the server.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+SProcXGetDeviceModifierMapping(register ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xGetDeviceModifierMappingReq);
+    swaps(&stuff->length);
+    return (ProcXGetDeviceModifierMapping(client));
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Get the device Modifier mapping.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+ProcXGetDeviceModifierMapping(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    CARD8 maxkeys;
+    DeviceIntPtr dev;
+    xGetDeviceModifierMappingReply rep;
+    KeyClassPtr kp;
+
+    REQUEST(xGetDeviceModifierMappingReq);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGetDeviceModifierMappingReq);
+
+    dev = LookupDeviceIntRec(stuff->deviceid);
+    if (dev == NULL) {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_GetDeviceModifierMapping, 0,
+			  BadDevice);
+	return Success;
+    }
+
+    kp = dev->key;
+    if (kp == NULL) {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_GetDeviceModifierMapping, 0,
+			  BadMatch);
+	return Success;
+    }
+    maxkeys = kp->maxKeysPerModifier;
+
+    rep.repType = X_Reply;
+    rep.RepType = X_GetDeviceModifierMapping;
+    rep.numKeyPerModifier = maxkeys;
+    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+    /* length counts 4 byte quantities - there are 8 modifiers 1 byte big */
+    rep.length = 2 * maxkeys;
+
+    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetDeviceModifierMappingReply), &rep);
+
+    /* Reply with the (modified by DDX) map that SetModifierMapping passed in */
+    WriteToClient(client, 8 * maxkeys, kp->modifierKeyMap);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure writes the reply for the XGetDeviceModifierMapping function,
+ * if the client and server have a different byte ordering.
+ *
+ */
+
+void
+SRepXGetDeviceModifierMapping(ClientPtr client, int size,
+			      xGetDeviceModifierMappingReply * rep)
+{
+    swaps(&rep->sequenceNumber);
+    swapl(&rep->length);
+    WriteToClient(client, size, rep);
+}

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/getmmap.h

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net>
+
+                        All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of the above listed
+copyright holder(s) not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining
+to distribution of the software without specific, written prior
+permission.
+
+THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD
+TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
+AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GETMMAP_H
+#define GETMMAP_H 1
+
+int SProcXGetDeviceModifierMapping(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+int ProcXGetDeviceModifierMapping(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+void SRepXGetDeviceModifierMapping(ClientPtr /* client */ ,
+				   int /* size */ ,
+				   xGetDeviceModifierMappingReply *	/* rep */
+    );
+
+#endif /* GETMMAP_H */

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/getprop.c

@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1989, 1998  The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+Copyright 1989 by Hewlett-Packard Company, Palo Alto, California.
+
+			All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Hewlett-Packard not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+HEWLETT-PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+HEWLETT-PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Function to return the dont-propagate-list for an extension device.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <nx-X11/X.h>	/* for inputstr.h    */
+#include <nx-X11/Xproto.h>	/* Request macro     */
+#include "inputstr.h"	/* DeviceIntPtr      */
+#include "windowstr.h"	/* window structs    */
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XI.h>
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
+#include "extnsionst.h"
+#include "extinit.h"	/* LookupDeviceIntRec */
+#include "exglobals.h"
+#include "swaprep.h"
+
+#include "getprop.h"
+
+extern XExtEventInfo EventInfo[];
+extern int ExtEventIndex;
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Handle a request from a client with a different byte order.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+SProcXGetDeviceDontPropagateList(register ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xGetDeviceDontPropagateListReq);
+    swaps(&stuff->length);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGetDeviceDontPropagateListReq);
+    swapl(&stuff->window);
+    return (ProcXGetDeviceDontPropagateList(client));
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure lists the input devices available to the server.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+ProcXGetDeviceDontPropagateList(register ClientPtr client)
+{
+    CARD16 count = 0;
+    int i;
+    XEventClass *buf = NULL, *tbuf;
+    WindowPtr pWin;
+    xGetDeviceDontPropagateListReply rep;
+    OtherInputMasks *others;
+
+    REQUEST(xGetDeviceDontPropagateListReq);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGetDeviceDontPropagateListReq);
+
+    rep.repType = X_Reply;
+    rep.RepType = X_GetDeviceDontPropagateList;
+    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+    rep.length = 0;
+    rep.count = 0;
+
+    pWin = (WindowPtr) LookupWindow(stuff->window, client);
+    if (!pWin) {
+	client->errorValue = stuff->window;
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_GetDeviceDontPropagateList, 0,
+			  BadWindow);
+	return Success;
+    }
+
+    if ((others = wOtherInputMasks(pWin)) != 0) {
+	for (i = 0; i < EMASKSIZE; i++)
+	    tbuf = ClassFromMask(NULL, others->dontPropagateMask[i], i,
+				 &count, COUNT);
+	if (count) {
+	    rep.count = count;
+	    buf = (XEventClass *) malloc(rep.count * sizeof(XEventClass));
+	    rep.length = (rep.count * sizeof(XEventClass) + 3) >> 2;
+
+	    tbuf = buf;
+	    for (i = 0; i < EMASKSIZE; i++)
+		tbuf = ClassFromMask(tbuf, others->dontPropagateMask[i], i,
+				     NULL, CREATE);
+	}
+    }
+
+    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetDeviceDontPropagateListReply), &rep);
+
+    if (count) {
+	client->pSwapReplyFunc = (ReplySwapPtr) Swap32Write;
+	WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, count * sizeof(XEventClass), buf);
+	free(buf);
+    }
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure gets a list of event classes from a mask word.
+ * A single mask may translate to more than one event class.
+ *
+ */
+
+XEventClass
+    * ClassFromMask(XEventClass * buf, Mask mask, int maskndx, CARD16 * count,
+		    int mode)
+{
+    int i, j;
+    int id = maskndx;
+    Mask tmask = 0x80000000;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < 32; i++, tmask >>= 1)
+	if (tmask & mask) {
+	    for (j = 0; j < ExtEventIndex; j++)
+		if (EventInfo[j].mask == tmask) {
+		    if (mode == COUNT)
+			(*count)++;
+		    else
+			*buf++ = (id << 8) | EventInfo[j].type;
+		}
+	}
+    return (buf);
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure writes the reply for the XGetDeviceDontPropagateList function,
+ * if the client and server have a different byte ordering.
+ *
+ */
+
+void
+SRepXGetDeviceDontPropagateList(ClientPtr client, int size,
+				xGetDeviceDontPropagateListReply * rep)
+{
+    swaps(&rep->sequenceNumber);
+    swapl(&rep->length);
+    swaps(&rep->count);
+    WriteToClient(client, size, rep);
+}

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/getprop.h

@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net>
+
+                        All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of the above listed
+copyright holder(s) not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining
+to distribution of the software without specific, written prior
+permission.
+
+THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD
+TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
+AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GETPROP_H
+#define GETPROP_H 1
+
+int SProcXGetDeviceDontPropagateList(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+int ProcXGetDeviceDontPropagateList(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+XEventClass *ClassFromMask(XEventClass * /* buf */ ,
+			   Mask /* mask */ ,
+			   int /* maskndx */ ,
+			   CARD16 * /* count */ ,
+			   int	/* mode */
+    );
+
+void SRepXGetDeviceDontPropagateList(ClientPtr /* client */ ,
+				     int /* size */ ,
+				     xGetDeviceDontPropagateListReply *	/* rep */
+    );
+
+#endif /* GETPROP_H */

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/getselev.c

@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1989, 1998  The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+Copyright 1989 by Hewlett-Packard Company, Palo Alto, California.
+
+			All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Hewlett-Packard not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+HEWLETT-PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+HEWLETT-PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Extension function to get the current selected events for a given window.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <nx-X11/X.h>	/* for inputstr.h    */
+#include <nx-X11/Xproto.h>	/* Request macro     */
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XI.h>
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
+#include "inputstr.h"	/* DeviceIntPtr      */
+#include "windowstr.h"	/* window struct     */
+#include "extnsionst.h"
+#include "extinit.h"	/* LookupDeviceIntRec */
+#include "exglobals.h"
+#include "swaprep.h"
+
+#include "getprop.h"
+#include "getselev.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure gets the current selected extension events.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+SProcXGetSelectedExtensionEvents(register ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xGetSelectedExtensionEventsReq);
+    swaps(&stuff->length);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGetSelectedExtensionEventsReq);
+    swapl(&stuff->window);
+    return (ProcXGetSelectedExtensionEvents(client));
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure gets the current device select mask,
+ * if the client and server have a different byte ordering.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+ProcXGetSelectedExtensionEvents(register ClientPtr client)
+{
+    int i;
+    int total_length = 0;
+    xGetSelectedExtensionEventsReply rep;
+    WindowPtr pWin;
+    XEventClass *buf = NULL;
+    XEventClass *tclient;
+    XEventClass *aclient;
+    OtherInputMasks *pOthers;
+    InputClientsPtr others;
+
+    REQUEST(xGetSelectedExtensionEventsReq);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGetSelectedExtensionEventsReq);
+
+    rep.repType = X_Reply;
+    rep.RepType = X_GetSelectedExtensionEvents;
+    rep.length = 0;
+    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+    rep.this_client_count = 0;
+    rep.all_clients_count = 0;
+
+    if (!(pWin = LookupWindow(stuff->window, client))) {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_GetSelectedExtensionEvents, 0,
+			  BadWindow);
+	return Success;
+    }
+
+    if ((pOthers = wOtherInputMasks(pWin)) != 0) {
+	for (others = pOthers->inputClients; others; others = others->next)
+	    for (i = 0; i < EMASKSIZE; i++)
+		tclient = ClassFromMask(NULL, others->mask[i], i,
+					&rep.all_clients_count, COUNT);
+
+	for (others = pOthers->inputClients; others; others = others->next)
+	    if (SameClient(others, client)) {
+		for (i = 0; i < EMASKSIZE; i++)
+		    tclient = ClassFromMask(NULL, others->mask[i], i,
+					    &rep.this_client_count, COUNT);
+		break;
+	    }
+
+	total_length = (rep.all_clients_count + rep.this_client_count) *
+	    sizeof(XEventClass);
+	rep.length = (total_length + 3) >> 2;
+	buf = (XEventClass *) malloc(total_length);
+
+	tclient = buf;
+	aclient = buf + rep.this_client_count;
+	if (others)
+	    for (i = 0; i < EMASKSIZE; i++)
+		tclient =
+		    ClassFromMask(tclient, others->mask[i], i, NULL, CREATE);
+
+	for (others = pOthers->inputClients; others; others = others->next)
+	    for (i = 0; i < EMASKSIZE; i++)
+		aclient =
+		    ClassFromMask(aclient, others->mask[i], i, NULL, CREATE);
+    }
+
+    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetSelectedExtensionEventsReply), &rep);
+
+    if (total_length) {
+	client->pSwapReplyFunc = (ReplySwapPtr) Swap32Write;
+	WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, total_length, buf);
+	free(buf);
+    }
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure writes the reply for the XGetSelectedExtensionEvents function,
+ * if the client and server have a different byte ordering.
+ *
+ */
+
+void
+SRepXGetSelectedExtensionEvents(ClientPtr client, int size,
+				xGetSelectedExtensionEventsReply * rep)
+{
+    swaps(&rep->sequenceNumber);
+    swapl(&rep->length);
+    swaps(&rep->this_client_count);
+    swaps(&rep->all_clients_count);
+    WriteToClient(client, size, rep);
+}

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/getselev.h

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net>
+
+                        All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of the above listed
+copyright holder(s) not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining
+to distribution of the software without specific, written prior
+permission.
+
+THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD
+TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
+AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GETSELEV_H
+#define GETSELEV_H 1
+
+int SProcXGetSelectedExtensionEvents(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+int ProcXGetSelectedExtensionEvents(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+void SRepXGetSelectedExtensionEvents(ClientPtr /* client */ ,
+				     int /* size */ ,
+				     xGetSelectedExtensionEventsReply *	/* rep */
+    );
+
+#endif /* GETSELEV_H */

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/getvers.c

@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1989, 1998  The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+Copyright 1989 by Hewlett-Packard Company, Palo Alto, California.
+
+			All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Hewlett-Packard not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+HEWLETT-PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+HEWLETT-PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Extension function to return the version of the extension.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <nx-X11/X.h>	/* for inputstr.h    */
+#include <nx-X11/Xproto.h>	/* Request macro     */
+#include "inputstr.h"	/* DeviceIntPtr      */
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XI.h>
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
+#include "extnsionst.h"
+#include "extinit.h"	/* LookupDeviceIntRec */
+#include "exglobals.h"
+
+#include "getvers.h"
+
+XExtensionVersion AllExtensionVersions[128];
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Handle a request from a client with a different byte order than us.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+SProcXGetExtensionVersion(register ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xGetExtensionVersionReq);
+    swaps(&stuff->length);
+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xGetExtensionVersionReq);
+    swaps(&stuff->nbytes);
+    return (ProcXGetExtensionVersion(client));
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure lists the input devices available to the server.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+ProcXGetExtensionVersion(register ClientPtr client)
+{
+    xGetExtensionVersionReply rep;
+
+    REQUEST(xGetExtensionVersionReq);
+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xGetExtensionVersionReq);
+
+    if (stuff->length != (sizeof(xGetExtensionVersionReq) +
+			  stuff->nbytes + 3) >> 2) {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_GetExtensionVersion, 0,
+			  BadLength);
+	return Success;
+    }
+
+    memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xGetExtensionVersionReply));
+    rep.repType = X_Reply;
+    rep.RepType = X_GetExtensionVersion;
+    rep.length = 0;
+    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+    rep.major_version = 0;
+    rep.minor_version = 0;
+
+    rep.present = TRUE;
+    if (rep.present) {
+	rep.major_version = AllExtensionVersions[IReqCode - 128].major_version;
+	rep.minor_version = AllExtensionVersions[IReqCode - 128].minor_version;
+    }
+    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetExtensionVersionReply), &rep);
+
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure writes the reply for the XGetExtensionVersion function,
+ * if the client and server have a different byte ordering.
+ *
+ */
+
+void
+SRepXGetExtensionVersion(ClientPtr client, int size,
+			 xGetExtensionVersionReply * rep)
+{
+    swaps(&rep->sequenceNumber);
+    swapl(&rep->length);
+    swaps(&rep->major_version);
+    swaps(&rep->minor_version);
+    WriteToClient(client, size, rep);
+}

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/getvers.h

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net>
+
+                        All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of the above listed
+copyright holder(s) not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining
+to distribution of the software without specific, written prior
+permission.
+
+THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD
+TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
+AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GETVERS_H
+#define GETVERS_H 1
+
+int SProcXGetExtensionVersion(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+int ProcXGetExtensionVersion(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+void SRepXGetExtensionVersion(ClientPtr /* client */ ,
+			      int /* size */ ,
+			      xGetExtensionVersionReply *	/* rep */
+    );
+
+#endif /* GETVERS_H */

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/grabdev.c

@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1989, 1998  The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+Copyright 1989 by Hewlett-Packard Company, Palo Alto, California.
+
+			All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Hewlett-Packard not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+HEWLETT-PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+HEWLETT-PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Extension function to grab an extension device.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <nx-X11/X.h>	/* for inputstr.h    */
+#include <nx-X11/Xproto.h>	/* Request macro     */
+#include "inputstr.h"	/* DeviceIntPtr      */
+#include "windowstr.h"	/* window structure  */
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XI.h>
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
+#include "extnsionst.h"
+#include "extinit.h"	/* LookupDeviceIntRec */
+#include "exglobals.h"
+#include "dixevents.h"	/* GrabDevice */
+
+#include "grabdev.h"
+
+extern XExtEventInfo EventInfo[];
+extern int ExtEventIndex;
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Swap the request if the requestor has a different byte order than us.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+SProcXGrabDevice(register ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xGrabDeviceReq);
+    swaps(&stuff->length);
+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xGrabDeviceReq);
+    swapl(&stuff->grabWindow);
+    swapl(&stuff->time);
+    swaps(&stuff->event_count);
+
+    if (stuff->length != (sizeof(xGrabDeviceReq) >> 2) + stuff->event_count)
+       return BadLength;
+    
+    SwapLongs((CARD32 *) (&stuff[1]), stuff->event_count);
+
+    return (ProcXGrabDevice(client));
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Grab an extension device.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+ProcXGrabDevice(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    int error;
+    xGrabDeviceReply rep;
+    DeviceIntPtr dev;
+    struct tmask tmp[EMASKSIZE];
+
+    REQUEST(xGrabDeviceReq);
+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xGrabDeviceReq);
+
+    if (stuff->length != (sizeof(xGrabDeviceReq) >> 2) + stuff->event_count) {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_GrabDevice, 0, BadLength);
+	return Success;
+    }
+
+    rep.repType = X_Reply;
+    rep.RepType = X_GrabDevice;
+    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+    rep.length = 0;
+
+    dev = LookupDeviceIntRec(stuff->deviceid);
+    if (dev == NULL) {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_GrabDevice, 0, BadDevice);
+	return Success;
+    }
+
+    if (CreateMaskFromList(client, (XEventClass *) & stuff[1],
+			   stuff->event_count, tmp, dev,
+			   X_GrabDevice) != Success)
+	return Success;
+
+    error = GrabDevice(client, dev, stuff->this_device_mode,
+		       stuff->other_devices_mode, stuff->grabWindow,
+		       stuff->ownerEvents, stuff->time,
+		       tmp[stuff->deviceid].mask, &rep.status);
+
+    if (error != Success) {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_GrabDevice, 0, error);
+	return Success;
+    }
+    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGrabDeviceReply), &rep);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure creates an event mask from a list of XEventClasses.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+CreateMaskFromList(ClientPtr client, XEventClass * list, int count,
+		   struct tmask *mask, DeviceIntPtr dev, int req)
+{
+    int i, j;
+    int device;
+    DeviceIntPtr tdev;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < EMASKSIZE; i++) {
+	mask[i].mask = 0;
+	mask[i].dev = NULL;
+    }
+
+    for (i = 0; i < count; i++, list++) {
+	device = *list >> 8;
+	if (device > 255) {
+	    SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, req, 0, BadClass);
+	    return BadClass;
+	}
+	tdev = LookupDeviceIntRec(device);
+	if (tdev == NULL || (dev != NULL && tdev != dev)) {
+	    SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, req, 0, BadClass);
+	    return BadClass;
+	}
+
+	for (j = 0; j < ExtEventIndex; j++)
+	    if (EventInfo[j].type == (*list & 0xff)) {
+		mask[device].mask |= EventInfo[j].mask;
+		mask[device].dev = (Pointer) tdev;
+		break;
+	    }
+    }
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure writes the reply for the XGrabDevice function,
+ * if the client and server have a different byte ordering.
+ *
+ */
+
+void
+SRepXGrabDevice(ClientPtr client, int size, xGrabDeviceReply * rep)
+{
+    swaps(&rep->sequenceNumber);
+    swapl(&rep->length);
+    WriteToClient(client, size, rep);
+}

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/grabdev.h

@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net>
+
+                        All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of the above listed
+copyright holder(s) not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining
+to distribution of the software without specific, written prior
+permission.
+
+THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD
+TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
+AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GRABDEV_H
+#define GRABDEV_H 1
+
+int SProcXGrabDevice(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+int ProcXGrabDevice(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+int CreateMaskFromList(ClientPtr /* client */ ,
+		       XEventClass * /* list */ ,
+		       int /* count */ ,
+		       struct tmask /* mask */ [],
+		       DeviceIntPtr /* dev */ ,
+		       int	/* req */
+    );
+
+void SRepXGrabDevice(ClientPtr /* client */ ,
+		     int /* size */ ,
+		     xGrabDeviceReply *	/* rep */
+    );
+
+#endif /* GRABDEV_H */

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/grabdevb.c

@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1989, 1998  The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+Copyright 1989 by Hewlett-Packard Company, Palo Alto, California.
+
+			All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Hewlett-Packard not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+HEWLETT-PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+HEWLETT-PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Extension function to grab a button on an extension device.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <nx-X11/X.h>	/* for inputstr.h    */
+#include <nx-X11/Xproto.h>	/* Request macro     */
+#include "inputstr.h"	/* DeviceIntPtr      */
+#include "windowstr.h"	/* window structure  */
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XI.h>
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
+#include "exevents.h"
+#include "extnsionst.h"
+#include "extinit.h"	/* LookupDeviceIntRec */
+#include "exglobals.h"
+
+#include "grabdev.h"
+#include "grabdevb.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Handle requests from clients with a different byte order.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+SProcXGrabDeviceButton(register ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xGrabDeviceButtonReq);
+    swaps(&stuff->length);
+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xGrabDeviceButtonReq);
+    swapl(&stuff->grabWindow);
+    swaps(&stuff->modifiers);
+    swaps(&stuff->event_count);
+    REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xGrabDeviceButtonReq,
+                      stuff->event_count * sizeof(CARD32));
+    SwapLongs((CARD32 *) (&stuff[1]), stuff->event_count);
+
+    return (ProcXGrabDeviceButton(client));
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Grab a button on an extension device.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+ProcXGrabDeviceButton(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    int ret;
+    DeviceIntPtr dev;
+    DeviceIntPtr mdev;
+    XEventClass *class;
+    struct tmask tmp[EMASKSIZE];
+
+    REQUEST(xGrabDeviceButtonReq);
+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xGrabDeviceButtonReq);
+
+    if (stuff->length !=
+	(sizeof(xGrabDeviceButtonReq) >> 2) + stuff->event_count) {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_GrabDeviceButton, 0, BadLength);
+	return Success;
+    }
+
+    dev = LookupDeviceIntRec(stuff->grabbed_device);
+    if (dev == NULL) {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_GrabDeviceButton, 0, BadDevice);
+	return Success;
+    }
+    if (stuff->modifier_device != UseXKeyboard) {
+	mdev = LookupDeviceIntRec(stuff->modifier_device);
+	if (mdev == NULL) {
+	    SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_GrabDeviceButton, 0,
+			      BadDevice);
+	    return Success;
+	}
+	if (mdev->key == NULL) {
+	    SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_GrabDeviceButton, 0,
+			      BadMatch);
+	    return Success;
+	}
+    } else
+	mdev = (DeviceIntPtr) LookupKeyboardDevice();
+
+    class = (XEventClass *) (&stuff[1]);	/* first word of values */
+
+    if ((ret = CreateMaskFromList(client, class,
+				  stuff->event_count, tmp, dev,
+				  X_GrabDeviceButton)) != Success)
+	return Success;
+    ret = GrabButton(client, dev, stuff->this_device_mode,
+		     stuff->other_devices_mode, stuff->modifiers, mdev,
+		     stuff->button, stuff->grabWindow, stuff->ownerEvents,
+		     (Cursor) 0, (Window) 0, tmp[stuff->grabbed_device].mask);
+
+    if (ret != Success)
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_GrabDeviceButton, 0, ret);
+    return (Success);
+}

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/grabdevb.h

@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net>
+
+                        All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of the above listed
+copyright holder(s) not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining
+to distribution of the software without specific, written prior
+permission.
+
+THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD
+TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
+AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GRABDEVB_H
+#define GRABDEVB_H 1
+
+int SProcXGrabDeviceButton(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+int ProcXGrabDeviceButton(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+#endif /* GRABDEVB_H */

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/grabdevk.c

@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1989, 1998  The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+Copyright 1989 by Hewlett-Packard Company, Palo Alto, California.
+
+			All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Hewlett-Packard not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+HEWLETT-PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+HEWLETT-PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Extension function to grab a key on an extension device.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <nx-X11/X.h>	/* for inputstr.h    */
+#include <nx-X11/Xproto.h>	/* Request macro     */
+#include "inputstr.h"	/* DeviceIntPtr      */
+#include "windowstr.h"	/* window structure  */
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XI.h>
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
+#include "exevents.h"
+#include "extnsionst.h"
+#include "extinit.h"	/* LookupDeviceIntRec */
+#include "exglobals.h"
+
+#include "grabdev.h"
+#include "grabdevk.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Handle requests from clients with a different byte order.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+SProcXGrabDeviceKey(register ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xGrabDeviceKeyReq);
+    swaps(&stuff->length);
+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xGrabDeviceKeyReq);
+    swapl(&stuff->grabWindow);
+    swaps(&stuff->modifiers);
+    swaps(&stuff->event_count);
+    REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xGrabDeviceKeyReq, stuff->event_count * sizeof(CARD32));
+    SwapLongs((CARD32 *) (&stuff[1]), stuff->event_count);
+    return (ProcXGrabDeviceKey(client));
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Grab a key on an extension device.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+ProcXGrabDeviceKey(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    int ret;
+    DeviceIntPtr dev;
+    DeviceIntPtr mdev;
+    XEventClass *class;
+    struct tmask tmp[EMASKSIZE];
+
+    REQUEST(xGrabDeviceKeyReq);
+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xGrabDeviceKeyReq);
+
+    if (stuff->length != (sizeof(xGrabDeviceKeyReq) >> 2) + stuff->event_count) {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_GrabDeviceKey, 0, BadLength);
+	return Success;
+    }
+
+    dev = LookupDeviceIntRec(stuff->grabbed_device);
+    if (dev == NULL) {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_GrabDeviceKey, 0, BadDevice);
+	return Success;
+    }
+
+    if (stuff->modifier_device != UseXKeyboard) {
+	mdev = LookupDeviceIntRec(stuff->modifier_device);
+	if (mdev == NULL) {
+	    SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_GrabDeviceKey, 0, BadDevice);
+	    return Success;
+	}
+	if (mdev->key == NULL) {
+	    SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_GrabDeviceKey, 0, BadMatch);
+	    return Success;
+	}
+    } else
+	mdev = (DeviceIntPtr) LookupKeyboardDevice();
+
+    class = (XEventClass *) (&stuff[1]);	/* first word of values */
+
+    if ((ret = CreateMaskFromList(client, class,
+				  stuff->event_count, tmp, dev,
+				  X_GrabDeviceKey)) != Success)
+	return Success;
+
+    ret = GrabKey(client, dev, stuff->this_device_mode,
+		  stuff->other_devices_mode, stuff->modifiers, mdev,
+		  stuff->key, stuff->grabWindow, stuff->ownerEvents,
+		  tmp[stuff->grabbed_device].mask);
+
+    if (ret != Success) {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_GrabDeviceKey, 0, ret);
+	return Success;
+    }
+
+    return Success;
+}

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/grabdevk.h

@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net>
+
+                        All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of the above listed
+copyright holder(s) not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining
+to distribution of the software without specific, written prior
+permission.
+
+THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD
+TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
+AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GRABDEVK_H
+#define GRABDEVK_H 1
+
+int SProcXGrabDeviceKey(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+int ProcXGrabDeviceKey(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+#endif /* GRABDEVK_H */

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/gtmotion.c

@@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1989, 1998  The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+Copyright 1989 by Hewlett-Packard Company, Palo Alto, California.
+
+			All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Hewlett-Packard not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+HEWLETT-PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+HEWLETT-PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Request to get the motion history from an extension device.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <nx-X11/X.h>	/* for inputstr.h    */
+#include <nx-X11/Xproto.h>	/* Request macro     */
+#include "inputstr.h"	/* DeviceIntPtr      */
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XI.h>
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
+#include "extnsionst.h"
+#include "extinit.h"	/* LookupDeviceIntRec */
+#include "exevents.h"
+#include "exglobals.h"
+
+#include "gtmotion.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Swap the request if server and client have different byte ordering.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+SProcXGetDeviceMotionEvents(register ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xGetDeviceMotionEventsReq);
+    swaps(&stuff->length);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGetDeviceMotionEventsReq);
+    swapl(&stuff->start);
+    swapl(&stuff->stop);
+    return (ProcXGetDeviceMotionEvents(client));
+}
+
+/****************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Get the motion history for an extension pointer devices.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+ProcXGetDeviceMotionEvents(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    INT32 *coords = NULL, *bufptr;
+    xGetDeviceMotionEventsReply rep;
+    unsigned long i;
+    int num_events, axes, size = 0, tsize;
+    unsigned long nEvents;
+    DeviceIntPtr dev;
+    TimeStamp start, stop;
+    int length = 0;
+    ValuatorClassPtr v;
+
+    REQUEST(xGetDeviceMotionEventsReq);
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGetDeviceMotionEventsReq);
+    dev = LookupDeviceIntRec(stuff->deviceid);
+    if (dev == NULL) {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_GetDeviceMotionEvents, 0,
+			  BadDevice);
+	return Success;
+    }
+    v = dev->valuator;
+    if (v == NULL || v->numAxes == 0) {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_GetDeviceMotionEvents, 0,
+			  BadMatch);
+	return Success;
+    }
+    if (dev->valuator->motionHintWindow)
+	MaybeStopDeviceHint(dev, client);
+    axes = v->numAxes;
+    rep.repType = X_Reply;
+    rep.RepType = X_GetDeviceMotionEvents;
+    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+    rep.nEvents = 0;
+    rep.axes = axes;
+    rep.mode = v->mode & DeviceMode;
+    rep.length = 0;
+    start = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->start);
+    stop = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->stop);
+    if (CompareTimeStamps(start, stop) == LATER ||
+	CompareTimeStamps(start, currentTime) == LATER) {
+	WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetDeviceMotionEventsReply), &rep);
+	return Success;
+    }
+    if (CompareTimeStamps(stop, currentTime) == LATER)
+	stop = currentTime;
+    num_events = v->numMotionEvents;
+    if (num_events) {
+	size = sizeof(Time) + (axes * sizeof(INT32));
+	tsize = num_events * size;
+	coords = (INT32 *) malloc(tsize);
+	if (!coords) {
+	    SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_GetDeviceMotionEvents, 0,
+			      BadAlloc);
+	    return Success;
+	}
+	rep.nEvents = (v->GetMotionProc) (dev, (xTimecoord *) coords,	/* XXX */
+					  start.milliseconds, stop.milliseconds,
+					  (ScreenPtr) NULL);
+    }
+    if (rep.nEvents > 0) {
+	length = (rep.nEvents * size + 3) >> 2;
+	rep.length = length;
+    }
+    nEvents = rep.nEvents;
+    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetDeviceMotionEventsReply), &rep);
+    if (nEvents) {
+	if (client->swapped) {
+	    bufptr = coords;
+	    for (i = 0; i < nEvents * (axes + 1); i++) {
+		swapl(bufptr);
+		bufptr++;
+	    }
+	}
+	WriteToClient(client, length * 4, coords);
+    }
+    if (coords)
+	free(coords);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure writes the reply for the XGetDeviceMotionEvents function,
+ * if the client and server have a different byte ordering.
+ *
+ */
+
+void
+SRepXGetDeviceMotionEvents(ClientPtr client, int size,
+			   xGetDeviceMotionEventsReply * rep)
+{
+    swaps(&rep->sequenceNumber);
+    swapl(&rep->length);
+    swapl(&rep->nEvents);
+    WriteToClient(client, size, rep);
+}

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/gtmotion.h

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net>
+
+                        All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of the above listed
+copyright holder(s) not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining
+to distribution of the software without specific, written prior
+permission.
+
+THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD
+TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
+AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GTMOTION_H
+#define GTMOTION_H 1
+
+int SProcXGetDeviceMotionEvents(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+int ProcXGetDeviceMotionEvents(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+void SRepXGetDeviceMotionEvents(ClientPtr /* client */ ,
+				int /* size */ ,
+				xGetDeviceMotionEventsReply *	/* rep */
+    );
+
+#endif /* GTMOTION_H */

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/listdev.c

@@ -0,0 +1,359 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1989, 1998  The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+Copyright 1989 by Hewlett-Packard Company, Palo Alto, California.
+
+			All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Hewlett-Packard not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+HEWLETT-PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+HEWLETT-PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Extension function to list the available input devices.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <nx-X11/X.h>	/* for inputstr.h    */
+#include <nx-X11/Xproto.h>	/* Request macro     */
+#include "inputstr.h"	/* DeviceIntPtr      */
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XI.h>
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
+#include "XIstubs.h"
+#include "extnsionst.h"
+#include "extinit.h"	/* LookupDeviceIntRec */
+#include "exglobals.h"	/* FIXME */
+
+#include "listdev.h"
+
+#define VPC	20	/* Max # valuators per chunk */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure lists the input devices available to the server.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+SProcXListInputDevices(register ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xListInputDevicesReq);
+    swaps(&stuff->length);
+    return (ProcXListInputDevices(client));
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure lists the input devices available to the server.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+ProcXListInputDevices(register ClientPtr client)
+{
+    xListInputDevicesReply rep;
+    int numdevs;
+    int namesize = 1;	/* need 1 extra byte for strcpy */
+    int size = 0;
+    int total_length;
+    char *devbuf;
+    char *classbuf;
+    char *namebuf;
+    char *savbuf;
+    xDeviceInfo *dev;
+    DeviceIntPtr d;
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xListInputDevicesReq);
+
+    memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xListInputDevicesReply));
+    rep.repType = X_Reply;
+    rep.RepType = X_ListInputDevices;
+    rep.length = 0;
+    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+
+    AddOtherInputDevices();
+    numdevs = inputInfo.numDevices;
+
+    for (d = inputInfo.devices; d; d = d->next)
+	SizeDeviceInfo(d, &namesize, &size);
+    for (d = inputInfo.off_devices; d; d = d->next)
+	SizeDeviceInfo(d, &namesize, &size);
+
+    total_length = numdevs * sizeof(xDeviceInfo) + size + namesize;
+    devbuf = (char *) calloc (1, total_length);
+    classbuf = devbuf + (numdevs * sizeof(xDeviceInfo));
+    namebuf = classbuf + size;
+    savbuf = devbuf;
+
+    dev = (xDeviceInfoPtr) devbuf;
+    for (d = inputInfo.devices; d; d = d->next, dev++)
+	ListDeviceInfo(client, d, dev, &devbuf, &classbuf, &namebuf);
+    for (d = inputInfo.off_devices; d; d = d->next, dev++)
+	ListDeviceInfo(client, d, dev, &devbuf, &classbuf, &namebuf);
+
+    rep.ndevices = numdevs;
+    rep.length = (total_length + 3) >> 2;
+    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xListInputDevicesReply), &rep);
+    WriteToClient(client, total_length, savbuf);
+    free(savbuf);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure calculates the size of the information to be returned
+ * for an input device.
+ *
+ */
+
+void
+SizeDeviceInfo(DeviceIntPtr d, int *namesize, int *size)
+{
+    int chunks;
+
+    *namesize += 1;
+    if (d->name)
+	*namesize += strlen(d->name);
+    if (d->key != NULL)
+	*size += sizeof(xKeyInfo);
+    if (d->button != NULL)
+	*size += sizeof(xButtonInfo);
+    if (d->valuator != NULL) {
+	chunks = ((int)d->valuator->numAxes + 19) / VPC;
+	*size += (chunks * sizeof(xValuatorInfo) +
+		  d->valuator->numAxes * sizeof(xAxisInfo));
+    }
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure lists information to be returned for an input device.
+ *
+ */
+
+void
+ListDeviceInfo(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr d, xDeviceInfoPtr dev,
+	       char **devbuf, char **classbuf, char **namebuf)
+{
+    CopyDeviceName(namebuf, d->name);
+    CopySwapDevice(client, d, 0, devbuf);
+    if (d->key != NULL) {
+	CopySwapKeyClass(client, d->key, classbuf);
+	dev->num_classes++;
+    }
+    if (d->button != NULL) {
+	CopySwapButtonClass(client, d->button, classbuf);
+	dev->num_classes++;
+    }
+    if (d->valuator != NULL) {
+	dev->num_classes +=
+	    CopySwapValuatorClass(client, d->valuator, classbuf);
+    }
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure copies data to the DeviceInfo struct, swapping if necessary.
+ *
+ * We need the extra byte in the allocated buffer, because the trailing null
+ * hammers one extra byte, which is overwritten by the next name except for
+ * the last name copied.
+ *
+ */
+
+void
+CopyDeviceName(char **namebuf, char *name)
+{
+    char *nameptr = (char *)*namebuf;
+
+    if (name) {
+	*nameptr++ = strlen(name);
+	strcpy(nameptr, name);
+	*namebuf += (strlen(name) + 1);
+    } else {
+	*nameptr++ = 0;
+	*namebuf += 1;
+    }
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure copies data to the DeviceInfo struct, swapping if necessary.
+ *
+ */
+
+void
+CopySwapDevice(register ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr d, int num_classes,
+	       char **buf)
+{
+    xDeviceInfoPtr dev;
+
+    dev = (xDeviceInfoPtr) * buf;
+
+    dev->id = d->id;
+    dev->type = d->type;
+    dev->num_classes = num_classes;
+    if (d == inputInfo.keyboard)
+	dev->use = IsXKeyboard;
+    else if (d == inputInfo.pointer)
+	dev->use = IsXPointer;
+    else
+	dev->use = IsXExtensionDevice;
+    if (client->swapped) {
+	swapl(&dev->type);	/* macro - braces are required */
+    }
+    *buf += sizeof(xDeviceInfo);
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure copies KeyClass information, swapping if necessary.
+ *
+ */
+
+void
+CopySwapKeyClass(register ClientPtr client, KeyClassPtr k, char **buf)
+{
+    xKeyInfoPtr k2;
+
+    k2 = (xKeyInfoPtr) * buf;
+    k2->class = KeyClass;
+    k2->length = sizeof(xKeyInfo);
+    k2->min_keycode = k->curKeySyms.minKeyCode;
+    k2->max_keycode = k->curKeySyms.maxKeyCode;
+    k2->num_keys = k2->max_keycode - k2->min_keycode + 1;
+    if (client->swapped) {
+	swaps(&k2->num_keys);
+    }
+    *buf += sizeof(xKeyInfo);
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure copies ButtonClass information, swapping if necessary.
+ *
+ */
+
+void
+CopySwapButtonClass(register ClientPtr client, ButtonClassPtr b, char **buf)
+{
+    xButtonInfoPtr b2;
+
+    b2 = (xButtonInfoPtr) * buf;
+    b2->class = ButtonClass;
+    b2->length = sizeof(xButtonInfo);
+    b2->num_buttons = b->numButtons;
+    if (client->swapped) {
+	swaps(&b2->num_buttons);	/* macro - braces are required */
+    }
+    *buf += sizeof(xButtonInfo);
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure copies ValuatorClass information, swapping if necessary.
+ *
+ * Devices may have up to 255 valuators.  The length of a ValuatorClass is
+ * defined to be sizeof(ValuatorClassInfo) + num_axes * sizeof (xAxisInfo).
+ * The maximum length is therefore (8 + 255 * 12) = 3068.  However, the 
+ * length field is one byte.  If a device has more than 20 valuators, we
+ * must therefore return multiple valuator classes to the client.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+CopySwapValuatorClass(register ClientPtr client, ValuatorClassPtr v, char **buf)
+{
+    int i, j, axes, t_axes;
+    xValuatorInfoPtr v2;
+    AxisInfo *a;
+    xAxisInfoPtr a2;
+
+    for (i = 0, axes = v->numAxes; i < ((v->numAxes + 19) / VPC);
+	 i++, axes -= VPC) {
+	t_axes = axes < VPC ? axes : VPC;
+	if (t_axes < 0)
+	    t_axes = v->numAxes % VPC;
+	v2 = (xValuatorInfoPtr) * buf;
+	v2->class = ValuatorClass;
+	v2->length = sizeof(xValuatorInfo) + t_axes * sizeof(xAxisInfo);
+	v2->num_axes = t_axes;
+	v2->mode = v->mode & DeviceMode;
+	v2->motion_buffer_size = v->numMotionEvents;
+	if (client->swapped) {
+	    swapl(&v2->motion_buffer_size);
+	}
+	*buf += sizeof(xValuatorInfo);
+	a = v->axes + (VPC * i);
+	a2 = (xAxisInfoPtr) * buf;
+	for (j = 0; j < t_axes; j++) {
+	    a2->min_value = a->min_value;
+	    a2->max_value = a->max_value;
+	    a2->resolution = a->resolution;
+	    if (client->swapped) {
+		swapl(&a2->min_value);
+		swapl(&a2->max_value);
+		swapl(&a2->resolution);
+	    }
+	    a2++;
+	    a++;
+	    *buf += sizeof(xAxisInfo);
+	}
+    }
+    return (i);
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure writes the reply for the XListInputDevices function,
+ * if the client and server have a different byte ordering.
+ *
+ */
+
+void
+SRepXListInputDevices(ClientPtr client, int size, xListInputDevicesReply * rep)
+{
+    swaps(&rep->sequenceNumber);
+    swapl(&rep->length);
+    WriteToClient(client, size, rep);
+}

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/listdev.h

@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net>
+
+                        All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of the above listed
+copyright holder(s) not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining
+to distribution of the software without specific, written prior
+permission.
+
+THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD
+TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
+AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef LISTDEV_H
+#define LISTDEV_H 1
+
+int SProcXListInputDevices(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+int ProcXListInputDevices(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+void SizeDeviceInfo(DeviceIntPtr /* d */ ,
+		    int * /* namesize */ ,
+		    int *	/* size */
+    );
+
+void ListDeviceInfo(ClientPtr /* client */ ,
+		    DeviceIntPtr /* d */ ,
+		    xDeviceInfoPtr /* dev */ ,
+		    char ** /* devbuf */ ,
+		    char ** /* classbuf */ ,
+		    char **	/* namebuf */
+    );
+
+void CopyDeviceName(char ** /* namebuf */ ,
+		    char *	/* name */
+    );
+
+void CopySwapDevice(ClientPtr /* client */ ,
+		    DeviceIntPtr /* d */ ,
+		    int /* num_classes */ ,
+		    char **	/* buf */
+    );
+
+void CopySwapKeyClass(ClientPtr /* client */ ,
+		      KeyClassPtr /* k */ ,
+		      char **	/* buf */
+    );
+
+void CopySwapButtonClass(ClientPtr /* client */ ,
+			 ButtonClassPtr /* b */ ,
+			 char **	/* buf */
+    );
+
+int CopySwapValuatorClass(ClientPtr /* client */ ,
+			  ValuatorClassPtr /* v */ ,
+			  char **	/* buf */
+    );
+
+void SRepXListInputDevices(ClientPtr /* client */ ,
+			   int /* size */ ,
+			   xListInputDevicesReply *	/* rep */
+    );
+
+#endif /* LISTDEV_H */

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/opendev.c

@@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1989, 1998  The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+Copyright 1989 by Hewlett-Packard Company, Palo Alto, California.
+
+			All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Hewlett-Packard not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+HEWLETT-PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+HEWLETT-PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Request to open an extension input device.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <nx-X11/X.h>	/* for inputstr.h    */
+#include <nx-X11/Xproto.h>	/* Request macro     */
+#include "inputstr.h"	/* DeviceIntPtr      */
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XI.h>
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
+#include "XIstubs.h"
+#include "windowstr.h"	/* window structure  */
+#include "extnsionst.h"
+#include "extinit.h"	/* LookupDeviceIntRec */
+#include "exglobals.h"
+
+#include "opendev.h"
+
+extern CARD8 event_base[];
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure swaps the request if the server and client have different
+ * byte orderings.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+SProcXOpenDevice(register ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xOpenDeviceReq);
+    swaps(&stuff->length);
+    return (ProcXOpenDevice(client));
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure causes the server to open an input device.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+ProcXOpenDevice(register ClientPtr client)
+{
+    xInputClassInfo evbase[numInputClasses];
+    Bool enableit = FALSE;
+    int j = 0;
+    int status = Success;
+    xOpenDeviceReply rep;
+    DeviceIntPtr dev;
+
+    REQUEST(xOpenDeviceReq);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xOpenDeviceReq);
+
+    if (stuff->deviceid == inputInfo.pointer->id ||
+	stuff->deviceid == inputInfo.keyboard->id) {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_OpenDevice, 0, BadDevice);
+	return Success;
+    }
+
+    if ((dev = LookupDeviceIntRec(stuff->deviceid)) == NULL) {	/* not open */
+	for (dev = inputInfo.off_devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
+	    if (dev->id == stuff->deviceid)
+		break;
+	if (dev == NULL) {
+	    SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_OpenDevice, 0, BadDevice);
+	    return Success;
+	}
+	enableit = TRUE;
+    }
+
+    OpenInputDevice(dev, client, &status);
+    if (status != Success) {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_OpenDevice, 0, status);
+	return Success;
+    }
+    if (enableit && dev->inited && dev->startup)
+	(void)EnableDevice(dev);
+
+    memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xOpenDeviceReply));
+    rep.repType = X_Reply;
+    rep.RepType = X_OpenDevice;
+    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+    if (dev->key != NULL) {
+	evbase[j].class = KeyClass;
+	evbase[j++].event_type_base = event_base[KeyClass];
+    }
+    if (dev->button != NULL) {
+	evbase[j].class = ButtonClass;
+	evbase[j++].event_type_base = event_base[ButtonClass];
+    }
+    if (dev->valuator != NULL) {
+	evbase[j].class = ValuatorClass;
+	evbase[j++].event_type_base = event_base[ValuatorClass];
+    }
+    if (dev->kbdfeed != NULL || dev->ptrfeed != NULL || dev->leds != NULL ||
+	dev->intfeed != NULL || dev->bell != NULL || dev->stringfeed != NULL) {
+	evbase[j].class = FeedbackClass;
+	evbase[j++].event_type_base = event_base[FeedbackClass];
+    }
+    if (dev->focus != NULL) {
+	evbase[j].class = FocusClass;
+	evbase[j++].event_type_base = event_base[FocusClass];
+    }
+    if (dev->proximity != NULL) {
+	evbase[j].class = ProximityClass;
+	evbase[j++].event_type_base = event_base[ProximityClass];
+    }
+    evbase[j].class = OtherClass;
+    evbase[j++].event_type_base = event_base[OtherClass];
+    rep.length = (j * sizeof(xInputClassInfo) + 3) >> 2;
+    rep.num_classes = j;
+    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xOpenDeviceReply), &rep);
+    WriteToClient(client, j * sizeof(xInputClassInfo), evbase);
+    return (Success);
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure writes the reply for the XOpenDevice function,
+ * if the client and server have a different byte ordering.
+ *
+ */
+
+void
+SRepXOpenDevice(ClientPtr client, int size, xOpenDeviceReply * rep)
+{
+    swaps(&rep->sequenceNumber);
+    swapl(&rep->length);
+    WriteToClient(client, size, rep);
+}

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/opendev.h

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net>
+
+                        All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of the above listed
+copyright holder(s) not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining
+to distribution of the software without specific, written prior
+permission.
+
+THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD
+TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
+AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef OPENDEV_H
+#define OPENDEV_H 1
+
+int SProcXOpenDevice(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+int ProcXOpenDevice(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+void SRepXOpenDevice(ClientPtr /* client */ ,
+		     int /* size */ ,
+		     xOpenDeviceReply *	/* rep */
+    );
+
+#endif /* OPENDEV_H */

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/queryst.c

@@ -0,0 +1,188 @@
+/*
+
+Copyright 1998, 1998  The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
+in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall
+not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+from The Open Group.
+
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Request to query the state of an extension input device.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <nx-X11/X.h>	/* for inputstr.h    */
+#include <nx-X11/Xproto.h>	/* Request macro     */
+#include "inputstr.h"	/* DeviceIntPtr      */
+#include "windowstr.h"	/* window structure  */
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XI.h>
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
+#include "extnsionst.h"
+#include "extinit.h"	/* LookupDeviceIntRec */
+#include "exevents.h"
+#include "exglobals.h"
+
+#include "queryst.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure allows a client to query the state of a device.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+SProcXQueryDeviceState(register ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xQueryDeviceStateReq);
+    swaps(&stuff->length);
+    return (ProcXQueryDeviceState(client));
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure allows frozen events to be routed.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+ProcXQueryDeviceState(register ClientPtr client)
+{
+    int i;
+    int num_classes = 0;
+    int total_length = 0;
+    char *buf, *savbuf;
+    KeyClassPtr k;
+    xKeyState *tk;
+    ButtonClassPtr b;
+    xButtonState *tb;
+    ValuatorClassPtr v;
+    xValuatorState *tv;
+    xQueryDeviceStateReply rep;
+    DeviceIntPtr dev;
+    int *values;
+
+    REQUEST(xQueryDeviceStateReq);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xQueryDeviceStateReq);
+
+    rep.repType = X_Reply;
+    rep.RepType = X_QueryDeviceState;
+    rep.length = 0;
+    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+
+    dev = LookupDeviceIntRec(stuff->deviceid);
+    if (dev == NULL) {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_QueryDeviceState, 0, BadDevice);
+	return Success;
+    }
+
+    v = dev->valuator;
+    if (v != NULL && v->motionHintWindow != NULL)
+	MaybeStopDeviceHint(dev, client);
+
+    k = dev->key;
+    if (k != NULL) {
+	total_length += sizeof(xKeyState);
+	num_classes++;
+    }
+
+    b = dev->button;
+    if (b != NULL) {
+	total_length += sizeof(xButtonState);
+	num_classes++;
+    }
+
+    if (v != NULL) {
+	total_length += (sizeof(xValuatorState) + (v->numAxes * sizeof(int)));
+	num_classes++;
+    }
+    buf = (char *)malloc(total_length);
+    if (!buf) {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_QueryDeviceState, 0, BadAlloc);
+	return Success;
+    }
+    savbuf = buf;
+
+    if (k != NULL) {
+	tk = (xKeyState *) buf;
+	tk->class = KeyClass;
+	tk->length = sizeof(xKeyState);
+	tk->num_keys = k->curKeySyms.maxKeyCode - k->curKeySyms.minKeyCode + 1;
+	for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
+	    tk->keys[i] = k->down[i];
+	buf += sizeof(xKeyState);
+    }
+
+    if (b != NULL) {
+	tb = (xButtonState *) buf;
+	tb->class = ButtonClass;
+	tb->length = sizeof(xButtonState);
+	tb->num_buttons = b->numButtons;
+	for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
+	    tb->buttons[i] = b->down[i];
+	buf += sizeof(xButtonState);
+    }
+
+    if (v != NULL) {
+	tv = (xValuatorState *) buf;
+	tv->class = ValuatorClass;
+	tv->length = sizeof(xValuatorState);
+	tv->num_valuators = v->numAxes;
+	tv->mode = v->mode;
+	buf += sizeof(xValuatorState);
+	for (i = 0, values = v->axisVal; i < v->numAxes; i++) {
+	    *((int *)buf) = *values++;
+	    if (client->swapped) {
+		swapl((int *)buf);	/* macro - braces needed */
+	    }
+	    buf += sizeof(int);
+	}
+    }
+
+    rep.num_classes = num_classes;
+    rep.length = (total_length + 3) >> 2;
+    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xQueryDeviceStateReply), &rep);
+    if (total_length > 0)
+	WriteToClient(client, total_length, savbuf);
+    free(savbuf);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure writes the reply for the XQueryDeviceState function,
+ * if the client and server have a different byte ordering.
+ *
+ */
+
+void
+SRepXQueryDeviceState(ClientPtr client, int size, xQueryDeviceStateReply * rep)
+{
+    swaps(&rep->sequenceNumber);
+    swapl(&rep->length);
+    WriteToClient(client, size, rep);
+}

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/queryst.h

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net>
+
+                        All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of the above listed
+copyright holder(s) not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining
+to distribution of the software without specific, written prior
+permission.
+
+THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD
+TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
+AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QUERYST_H
+#define QUERYST_H 1
+
+int SProcXQueryDeviceState(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+int ProcXQueryDeviceState(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+void SRepXQueryDeviceState(ClientPtr /* client */ ,
+			   int /* size */ ,
+			   xQueryDeviceStateReply *	/* rep */
+    );
+
+#endif /* QUERYST_H */

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/selectev.c

@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1989, 1998  The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+Copyright 1989 by Hewlett-Packard Company, Palo Alto, California.
+
+			All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Hewlett-Packard not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+HEWLETT-PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+HEWLETT-PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Request to select input from an extension device.
+ *
+ */
+
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <nx-X11/X.h>	/* for inputstr.h    */
+#include <nx-X11/Xproto.h>	/* Request macro     */
+#include "inputstr.h"	/* DeviceIntPtr      */
+#include "windowstr.h"	/* window structure  */
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XI.h>
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
+#include "extnsionst.h"
+#include "extinit.h"	/* LookupDeviceIntRec */
+#include "exevents.h"
+#include "exglobals.h"
+
+#include "grabdev.h"
+#include "selectev.h"
+
+extern Mask ExtExclusiveMasks[];
+extern Mask ExtValidMasks[];
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Handle requests from clients with a different byte order.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+SProcXSelectExtensionEvent(register ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xSelectExtensionEventReq);
+    swaps(&stuff->length);
+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSelectExtensionEventReq);
+    swapl(&stuff->window);
+    swaps(&stuff->count);
+    REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xSelectExtensionEventReq,
+                      stuff->count * sizeof(CARD32));
+    SwapLongs((CARD32 *) (&stuff[1]), stuff->count);
+
+    return (ProcXSelectExtensionEvent(client));
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure selects input from an extension device.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+ProcXSelectExtensionEvent(register ClientPtr client)
+{
+    int ret;
+    int i;
+    WindowPtr pWin;
+    struct tmask tmp[EMASKSIZE];
+
+    REQUEST(xSelectExtensionEventReq);
+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSelectExtensionEventReq);
+
+    if (stuff->length != (sizeof(xSelectExtensionEventReq) >> 2) + stuff->count) {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_SelectExtensionEvent, 0,
+			  BadLength);
+	return Success;
+    }
+
+    pWin = (WindowPtr) LookupWindow(stuff->window, client);
+    if (!pWin) {
+	client->errorValue = stuff->window;
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_SelectExtensionEvent, 0,
+			  BadWindow);
+	return Success;
+    }
+
+    if ((ret = CreateMaskFromList(client, (XEventClass *) & stuff[1],
+				  stuff->count, tmp, NULL,
+				  X_SelectExtensionEvent)) != Success)
+	return Success;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < EMASKSIZE; i++)
+	if (tmp[i].dev != NULL) {
+	    if ((ret =
+		 SelectForWindow((DeviceIntPtr) tmp[i].dev, pWin, client,
+				 tmp[i].mask, ExtExclusiveMasks[i],
+				 ExtValidMasks[i])) != Success) {
+		SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_SelectExtensionEvent, 0,
+				  ret);
+		return Success;
+	    }
+	}
+
+    return Success;
+}

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/selectev.h

@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net>
+
+                        All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of the above listed
+copyright holder(s) not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining
+to distribution of the software without specific, written prior
+permission.
+
+THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD
+TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
+AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SELECTEV_H
+#define SELECTEV_H 1
+
+int SProcXSelectExtensionEvent(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+int ProcXSelectExtensionEvent(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+#endif /* SELECTEV_H */

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/sendexev.c

@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1989, 1998  The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+Copyright 1989 by Hewlett-Packard Company, Palo Alto, California.
+
+			All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Hewlett-Packard not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+HEWLETT-PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+HEWLETT-PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Request to send an extension event.
+ *
+ */
+
+#define EXTENSION_EVENT_BASE  64
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <nx-X11/X.h>	/* for inputstr.h    */
+#include <nx-X11/Xproto.h>	/* Request macro     */
+#include "inputstr.h"	/* DeviceIntPtr      */
+#include "windowstr.h"	/* Window            */
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XI.h>
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
+#include "extnsionst.h"
+#include "extinit.h"	/* LookupDeviceIntRec */
+#include "exevents.h"
+#include "exglobals.h"
+
+#include "grabdev.h"
+#include "sendexev.h"
+
+extern int lastEvent;	/* Defined in extension.c */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Handle requests from clients with a different byte order than us.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+SProcXSendExtensionEvent(register ClientPtr client)
+{
+    CARD32 *p;
+    register int i;
+    xEvent eventT;
+    xEvent *eventP;
+    EventSwapPtr proc;
+
+    REQUEST(xSendExtensionEventReq);
+    swaps(&stuff->length);
+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSendExtensionEventReq);
+    swapl(&stuff->destination);
+    swaps(&stuff->count);
+
+    if (stuff->length != (sizeof(xSendExtensionEventReq) >> 2) + stuff->count +
+       (stuff->num_events * (sizeof(xEvent) >> 2)))
+       return BadLength;
+
+    eventP = (xEvent *) & stuff[1];
+    for (i = 0; i < stuff->num_events; i++, eventP++) {
+	proc = EventSwapVector[eventP->u.u.type & 0177];
+	if (proc == NotImplemented)	/* no swapping proc; invalid event type? */
+	    return (BadValue);
+	(*proc) (eventP, &eventT);
+	*eventP = eventT;
+    }
+
+    p = (CARD32 *)(((xEvent *) & stuff[1]) + stuff->num_events);
+    SwapLongs(p, stuff->count);
+    return (ProcXSendExtensionEvent(client));
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Send an event to some client, as if it had come from an extension input 
+ * device.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+ProcXSendExtensionEvent(register ClientPtr client)
+{
+    int ret;
+    DeviceIntPtr dev;
+    xEvent *first;
+    XEventClass *list;
+    struct tmask tmp[EMASKSIZE];
+
+    REQUEST(xSendExtensionEventReq);
+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSendExtensionEventReq);
+
+    if (stuff->length != (sizeof(xSendExtensionEventReq) >> 2) + stuff->count +
+	(stuff->num_events * (sizeof(xEvent) >> 2))) {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_SendExtensionEvent, 0, BadLength);
+	return Success;
+    }
+
+    dev = LookupDeviceIntRec(stuff->deviceid);
+    if (dev == NULL) {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_SendExtensionEvent, 0, BadDevice);
+	return Success;
+    }
+
+    /*
+       the previous code here returned the unitialized variable ret,
+       so using Success we have defined returncode at least. FIXME:
+       Upstream works different here, we must check this!
+    */
+    if (stuff->num_events == 0)
+        /* return ret; */
+        return Success;
+
+    /* The client's event type must be one defined by an extension. */
+
+    first = ((xEvent *) & stuff[1]);
+    if (!((EXTENSION_EVENT_BASE <= first->u.u.type) &&
+	  (first->u.u.type < lastEvent))) {
+	client->errorValue = first->u.u.type;
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_SendExtensionEvent, 0, BadValue);
+	return Success;
+    }
+
+    list = (XEventClass *) (first + stuff->num_events);
+    if ((ret = CreateMaskFromList(client, list, stuff->count, tmp, dev,
+				  X_SendExtensionEvent)) != Success)
+	return Success;
+
+    ret = (SendEvent(client, dev, stuff->destination,
+		     stuff->propagate, (xEvent *) & stuff[1],
+		     tmp[stuff->deviceid].mask, stuff->num_events));
+
+    if (ret != Success)
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_SendExtensionEvent, 0, ret);
+
+    return Success;
+}

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/sendexev.h

@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net>
+
+                        All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of the above listed
+copyright holder(s) not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining
+to distribution of the software without specific, written prior
+permission.
+
+THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD
+TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
+AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SENDEXEV_H
+#define SENDEXEV_H 1
+
+int SProcXSendExtensionEvent(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+int ProcXSendExtensionEvent(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+#endif /* SENDEXEV_H */

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/setbmap.c

@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1989, 1998  The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+Copyright 1989 by Hewlett-Packard Company, Palo Alto, California.
+
+			All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Hewlett-Packard not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+HEWLETT-PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+HEWLETT-PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Request to change the button mapping of an extension device.
+ *
+ */
+
+#define IsOn(ptr, bit) \
+	(((BYTE *) (ptr))[(bit)>>3] & (1 << ((bit) & 7)))
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <nx-X11/X.h>	/* for inputstr.h    */
+#include <nx-X11/Xproto.h>	/* Request macro     */
+#include "inputstr.h"	/* DeviceIntPtr      */
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XI.h>
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
+#include "exevents.h"
+#include "extnsionst.h"
+#include "extinit.h"	/* LookupDeviceIntRec */
+#include "exglobals.h"
+
+#include "setbmap.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure changes the button mapping.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+SProcXSetDeviceButtonMapping(register ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xSetDeviceButtonMappingReq);
+    swaps(&stuff->length);
+    return (ProcXSetDeviceButtonMapping(client));
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure lists the input devices available to the server.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+ProcXSetDeviceButtonMapping(register ClientPtr client)
+{
+    int ret;
+    xSetDeviceButtonMappingReply rep;
+    DeviceIntPtr dev;
+
+    REQUEST(xSetDeviceButtonMappingReq);
+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSetDeviceButtonMappingReq);
+
+    if (stuff->length != (sizeof(xSetDeviceButtonMappingReq) +
+			  stuff->map_length + 3) >> 2) {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_SetDeviceButtonMapping, 0,
+			  BadLength);
+	return Success;
+    }
+
+    rep.repType = X_Reply;
+    rep.RepType = X_SetDeviceButtonMapping;
+    rep.length = 0;
+    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+    rep.status = MappingSuccess;
+
+    dev = LookupDeviceIntRec(stuff->deviceid);
+    if (dev == NULL) {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_SetDeviceButtonMapping, 0,
+			  BadDevice);
+	return Success;
+    }
+
+    ret = SetButtonMapping(client, dev, stuff->map_length, (BYTE *) & stuff[1]);
+
+    if (ret == BadValue || ret == BadMatch) {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_SetDeviceButtonMapping, 0, ret);
+	return Success;
+    } else {
+	rep.status = ret;
+	WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xSetDeviceButtonMappingReply), &rep);
+    }
+
+    if (ret != MappingBusy)
+	SendDeviceMappingNotify(MappingPointer, 0, 0, dev);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure writes the reply for the XSetDeviceButtonMapping function,
+ * if the client and server have a different byte ordering.
+ *
+ */
+
+void
+SRepXSetDeviceButtonMapping(ClientPtr client, int size,
+			    xSetDeviceButtonMappingReply * rep)
+{
+    swaps(&rep->sequenceNumber);
+    swapl(&rep->length);
+    WriteToClient(client, size, rep);
+}

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/setbmap.h

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net>
+
+                        All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of the above listed
+copyright holder(s) not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining
+to distribution of the software without specific, written prior
+permission.
+
+THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD
+TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
+AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SETBMAP_H
+#define SETBMAP_H 1
+
+int SProcXSetDeviceButtonMapping(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+int ProcXSetDeviceButtonMapping(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+void SRepXSetDeviceButtonMapping(ClientPtr /* client */ ,
+				 int /* size */ ,
+				 xSetDeviceButtonMappingReply *	/* rep */
+    );
+
+#endif /* SETBMAP_H */

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/setdval.c

@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1989, 1998  The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+Copyright 1989 by Hewlett-Packard Company, Palo Alto, California.
+
+			All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Hewlett-Packard not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+HEWLETT-PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+HEWLETT-PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Request to change the mode of an extension input device.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <nx-X11/X.h>	/* for inputstr.h    */
+#include <nx-X11/Xproto.h>	/* Request macro     */
+#include "inputstr.h"	/* DeviceIntPtr      */
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XI.h>
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
+#include "XIstubs.h"
+#include "extnsionst.h"
+#include "extinit.h"	/* LookupDeviceIntRec */
+#include "exglobals.h"
+
+#include "setdval.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Handle a request from a client with a different byte order.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+SProcXSetDeviceValuators(register ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xSetDeviceValuatorsReq);
+    swaps(&stuff->length);
+    return (ProcXSetDeviceValuators(client));
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure sets the value of valuators on an extension input device.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+ProcXSetDeviceValuators(register ClientPtr client)
+{
+    DeviceIntPtr dev;
+    xSetDeviceValuatorsReply rep;
+
+    REQUEST(xSetDeviceValuatorsReq);
+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSetDeviceValuatorsReq);
+
+    rep.repType = X_Reply;
+    rep.RepType = X_SetDeviceValuators;
+    rep.length = 0;
+    rep.status = Success;
+    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+
+    if (stuff->length != (sizeof(xSetDeviceValuatorsReq) >> 2) +
+	stuff->num_valuators) {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_SetDeviceValuators, 0, BadLength);
+	return Success;
+    }
+    dev = LookupDeviceIntRec(stuff->deviceid);
+    if (dev == NULL) {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_SetDeviceValuators, 0, BadDevice);
+	return Success;
+    }
+    if (dev->valuator == NULL) {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_SetDeviceValuators, 0, BadMatch);
+	return Success;
+    }
+
+    if (stuff->first_valuator + stuff->num_valuators > dev->valuator->numAxes) {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_SetDeviceValuators, 0, BadValue);
+	return Success;
+    }
+
+    if ((dev->grab) && !SameClient(dev->grab, client))
+	rep.status = AlreadyGrabbed;
+    else
+	rep.status = SetDeviceValuators(client, dev, (int *)&stuff[1],
+					stuff->first_valuator,
+					stuff->num_valuators);
+
+    if (rep.status != Success && rep.status != AlreadyGrabbed)
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_SetDeviceValuators, 0,
+			  rep.status);
+    else
+	WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xSetDeviceValuatorsReply), &rep);
+
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure writes the reply for the XSetDeviceValuators function,
+ * if the client and server have a different byte ordering.
+ *
+ */
+
+void
+SRepXSetDeviceValuators(ClientPtr client, int size,
+			xSetDeviceValuatorsReply * rep)
+{
+    swaps(&rep->sequenceNumber);
+    swapl(&rep->length);
+    WriteToClient(client, size, rep);
+}

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/setdval.h

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net>
+
+                        All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of the above listed
+copyright holder(s) not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining
+to distribution of the software without specific, written prior
+permission.
+
+THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD
+TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
+AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SETDVAL_H
+#define SETDVAL_H 1
+
+int SProcXSetDeviceValuators(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+int ProcXSetDeviceValuators(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+void SRepXSetDeviceValuators(ClientPtr /* client */ ,
+			     int /* size */ ,
+			     xSetDeviceValuatorsReply *	/* rep */
+    );
+
+#endif /* SETDVAL_H */

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/setfocus.c

@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1989, 1998  The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+Copyright 1989 by Hewlett-Packard Company, Palo Alto, California.
+
+			All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Hewlett-Packard not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+HEWLETT-PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+HEWLETT-PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Request to set the focus for an extension device.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <nx-X11/X.h>	/* for inputstr.h    */
+#include <nx-X11/Xproto.h>	/* Request macro     */
+#include "windowstr.h"	/* focus struct      */
+#include "inputstr.h"	/* DeviceIntPtr      */
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XI.h>
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
+
+#include "dixevents.h"
+
+#include "extnsionst.h"
+#include "extinit.h"	/* LookupDeviceIntRec */
+#include "exglobals.h"
+
+#include "setfocus.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure sets the focus for a device.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+SProcXSetDeviceFocus(register ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xSetDeviceFocusReq);
+    swaps(&stuff->length);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSetDeviceFocusReq);
+    swapl(&stuff->focus);
+    swapl(&stuff->time);
+    return (ProcXSetDeviceFocus(client));
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure sets the focus for a device.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+ProcXSetDeviceFocus(register ClientPtr client)
+{
+    int ret;
+    register DeviceIntPtr dev;
+
+    REQUEST(xSetDeviceFocusReq);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSetDeviceFocusReq);
+
+    dev = LookupDeviceIntRec(stuff->device);
+    if (dev == NULL || !dev->focus) {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_SetDeviceFocus, 0, BadDevice);
+	return Success;
+    }
+
+    ret = SetInputFocus(client, dev, stuff->focus, stuff->revertTo,
+			stuff->time, TRUE);
+    if (ret != Success)
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_SetDeviceFocus, 0, ret);
+
+    return Success;
+}

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/setfocus.h

@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net>
+
+                        All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of the above listed
+copyright holder(s) not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining
+to distribution of the software without specific, written prior
+permission.
+
+THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD
+TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
+AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SETFOCUS_H
+#define SETFOCUS_H 1
+
+int SProcXSetDeviceFocus(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+int ProcXSetDeviceFocus(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+#endif /* SETFOCUS_H */

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/setmmap.c

@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1989, 1998  The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+Copyright 1989 by Hewlett-Packard Company, Palo Alto, California.
+
+			All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Hewlett-Packard not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+HEWLETT-PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+HEWLETT-PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+/********************************************************************
+ *
+ *  Set modifier mapping for an extension device.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <nx-X11/X.h>	/* for inputstr.h    */
+#include <nx-X11/Xproto.h>	/* Request macro     */
+#include "inputstr.h"	/* DeviceIntPtr      */
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XI.h>
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
+#include "exevents.h"
+#include "extnsionst.h"
+#include "extinit.h"	/* LookupDeviceIntRec */
+#include "exglobals.h"
+
+#include "setmmap.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure sets the modifier mapping for an extension device,
+ * for clients on machines with a different byte ordering than the server.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+SProcXSetDeviceModifierMapping(register ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xSetDeviceModifierMappingReq);
+    swaps(&stuff->length);
+    return (ProcXSetDeviceModifierMapping(client));
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Set the device Modifier mapping.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+ProcXSetDeviceModifierMapping(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    int ret;
+    xSetDeviceModifierMappingReply rep;
+    DeviceIntPtr dev;
+    KeyClassPtr kp;
+
+    REQUEST(xSetDeviceModifierMappingReq);
+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSetDeviceModifierMappingReq);
+
+    dev = LookupDeviceIntRec(stuff->deviceid);
+    if (dev == NULL) {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_SetDeviceModifierMapping, 0,
+			  BadDevice);
+	return Success;
+    }
+
+    rep.repType = X_Reply;
+    rep.RepType = X_SetDeviceModifierMapping;
+    rep.length = 0;
+    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+
+    ret = SetModifierMapping(client, dev, stuff->length,
+			     (sizeof(xSetDeviceModifierMappingReq) >> 2),
+			     stuff->numKeyPerModifier, (BYTE *) & stuff[1],
+			     &kp);
+
+    if (ret == MappingSuccess || ret == MappingBusy || ret == MappingFailed) {
+	rep.success = ret;
+	if (ret == MappingSuccess)
+	    SendDeviceMappingNotify(MappingModifier, 0, 0, dev);
+	WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xSetDeviceModifierMappingReply),
+			   &rep);
+    } else {
+	if (ret == -1)
+	    ret = BadValue;
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_SetDeviceModifierMapping, 0, ret);
+    }
+
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure writes the reply for the XSetDeviceModifierMapping function,
+ * if the client and server have a different byte ordering.
+ *
+ */
+
+void
+SRepXSetDeviceModifierMapping(ClientPtr client, int size,
+			      xSetDeviceModifierMappingReply * rep)
+{
+    swaps(&rep->sequenceNumber);
+    swapl(&rep->length);
+    WriteToClient(client, size, rep);
+}

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/setmmap.h

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net>
+
+                        All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of the above listed
+copyright holder(s) not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining
+to distribution of the software without specific, written prior
+permission.
+
+THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD
+TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
+AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SETMMAP_H
+#define SETMMAP_H 1
+
+int SProcXSetDeviceModifierMapping(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+int ProcXSetDeviceModifierMapping(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+void SRepXSetDeviceModifierMapping(ClientPtr /* client */ ,
+				   int /* size */ ,
+				   xSetDeviceModifierMappingReply *	/* rep */
+    );
+
+#endif /* SETMMAP_H */

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/setmode.c

@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1989, 1998  The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+Copyright 1989 by Hewlett-Packard Company, Palo Alto, California.
+
+			All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Hewlett-Packard not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+HEWLETT-PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+HEWLETT-PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Request to change the mode of an extension input device.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <nx-X11/X.h>	/* for inputstr.h    */
+#include <nx-X11/Xproto.h>	/* Request macro     */
+#include "inputstr.h"	/* DeviceIntPtr      */
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XI.h>
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
+#include "XIstubs.h"
+#include "extnsionst.h"
+#include "extinit.h"	/* LookupDeviceIntRec */
+#include "exglobals.h"
+
+#include "setmode.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Handle a request from a client with a different byte order.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+SProcXSetDeviceMode(register ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xSetDeviceModeReq);
+    swaps(&stuff->length);
+    return (ProcXSetDeviceMode(client));
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure sets the mode of a device.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+ProcXSetDeviceMode(register ClientPtr client)
+{
+    DeviceIntPtr dev;
+    xSetDeviceModeReply rep;
+
+    REQUEST(xSetDeviceModeReq);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSetDeviceModeReq);
+
+    rep.repType = X_Reply;
+    rep.RepType = X_SetDeviceMode;
+    rep.length = 0;
+    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+
+    dev = LookupDeviceIntRec(stuff->deviceid);
+    if (dev == NULL) {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_SetDeviceMode, 0, BadDevice);
+	return Success;
+    }
+    if (dev->valuator == NULL) {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_SetDeviceMode, 0, BadMatch);
+	return Success;
+    }
+    if ((dev->grab) && !SameClient(dev->grab, client))
+	rep.status = AlreadyGrabbed;
+    else
+	rep.status = SetDeviceMode(client, dev, stuff->mode);
+
+    if (rep.status == Success)
+	dev->valuator->mode = stuff->mode;
+    else if (rep.status != AlreadyGrabbed) {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_SetDeviceMode, 0, rep.status);
+	return Success;
+    }
+
+    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xSetDeviceModeReply), &rep);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure writes the reply for the XSetDeviceMode function,
+ * if the client and server have a different byte ordering.
+ *
+ */
+
+void
+SRepXSetDeviceMode(ClientPtr client, int size, xSetDeviceModeReply * rep)
+{
+    swaps(&rep->sequenceNumber);
+    swapl(&rep->length);
+    WriteToClient(client, size, rep);
+}

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/setmode.h

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net>
+
+                        All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of the above listed
+copyright holder(s) not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining
+to distribution of the software without specific, written prior
+permission.
+
+THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD
+TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
+AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SETMODE_H
+#define SETMODE_H 1
+
+int SProcXSetDeviceMode(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+int ProcXSetDeviceMode(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+void SRepXSetDeviceMode(ClientPtr /* client */ ,
+			int /* size */ ,
+			xSetDeviceModeReply *	/* rep */
+    );
+
+#endif /* SETMODE_H */

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/stubs.c

@@ -0,0 +1,292 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1989, 1998  The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+Copyright 1989 by Hewlett-Packard Company, Palo Alto, California.
+
+			All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Hewlett-Packard not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+HEWLETT-PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+HEWLETT-PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+/*
+ * stubs.c -- stub routines for the X server side of the XINPUT
+ * extension.  This file is mainly to be used only as documentation.
+ * There is not much code here, and you can't get a working XINPUT
+ * server just using this.
+ * The Xvfb server uses this file so it will compile with the same
+ * object files as the real X server for a platform that has XINPUT.
+ * Xnest could do the same thing.
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <nx-X11/X.h>
+#include <nx-X11/Xproto.h>
+#include "inputstr.h"
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XI.h>
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
+#include "XIstubs.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Caller:	ProcXChangeKeyboardDevice
+ *
+ * This procedure does the implementation-dependent portion of the work
+ * needed to change the keyboard device.
+ *
+ * The X keyboard device has a FocusRec.  If the device that has been 
+ * made into the new X keyboard did not have a FocusRec, 
+ * ProcXChangeKeyboardDevice will allocate one for it.
+ *
+ * If you do not want clients to be able to focus the old X keyboard
+ * device, call DeleteFocusClassDeviceStruct to free the FocusRec.
+ *
+ * If you support input devices with keys that you do not want to be 
+ * used as the X keyboard, you need to check for them here and return 
+ * a BadDevice error.
+ *
+ * The default implementation is to do nothing (assume you do want
+ * clients to be able to focus the old X keyboard).  The commented-out
+ * sample code shows what you might do if you don't want the default.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+ChangeKeyboardDevice(DeviceIntPtr old_dev, DeviceIntPtr new_dev)
+{
+    /***********************************************************************
+     DeleteFocusClassDeviceStruct(old_dev);	 * defined in xchgptr.c *
+    **********************************************************************/
+    return BadMatch;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Caller:	ProcXChangePointerDevice
+ *
+ * This procedure does the implementation-dependent portion of the work
+ * needed to change the pointer device.
+ *
+ * The X pointer device does not have a FocusRec.  If the device that
+ * has been made into the new X pointer had a FocusRec, 
+ * ProcXChangePointerDevice will free it.
+ *
+ * If you want clients to be able to focus the old pointer device that
+ * has now become accessible through the input extension, you need to 
+ * add a FocusRec to it here.
+ *
+ * The XChangePointerDevice protocol request also allows the client
+ * to choose which axes of the new pointer device are used to move 
+ * the X cursor in the X- and Y- directions.  If the axes are different
+ * than the default ones, you need to keep track of that here.
+ *
+ * If you support input devices with valuators that you do not want to be 
+ * used as the X pointer, you need to check for them here and return a 
+ * BadDevice error.
+ *
+ * The default implementation is to do nothing (assume you don't want
+ * clients to be able to focus the old X pointer).  The commented-out
+ * sample code shows what you might do if you don't want the default.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+ChangePointerDevice(DeviceIntPtr old_dev,
+		    DeviceIntPtr new_dev, unsigned char x, unsigned char y)
+{
+    /***********************************************************************
+    InitFocusClassDeviceStruct(old_dev);	* allow focusing old ptr*
+
+    x_axis = x;					* keep track of new x-axis*
+    y_axis = y;					* keep track of new y-axis*
+    if (x_axis != 0 || y_axis != 1)
+	axes_changed = TRUE;			* remember axes have changed*
+    else
+	axes_changed = FALSE;
+    *************************************************************************/
+    return BadMatch;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Caller:	ProcXCloseDevice
+ *
+ * Take care of implementation-dependent details of closing a device.
+ * Some implementations may actually close the device, others may just
+ * remove this clients interest in that device.
+ *
+ * The default implementation is to do nothing (assume all input devices
+ * are initialized during X server initialization and kept open).
+ *
+ */
+
+void
+CloseInputDevice(DeviceIntPtr d, ClientPtr client)
+{
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Caller:	ProcXListInputDevices
+ *
+ * This is the implementation-dependent routine to initialize an input 
+ * device to the point that information about it can be listed.
+ * Some implementations open all input devices when the server is first
+ * initialized, and never close them.  Other implementations open only
+ * the X pointer and keyboard devices during server initialization,
+ * and only open other input devices when some client makes an
+ * XOpenDevice request.  If some other process has the device open, the
+ * server may not be able to get information about the device to list it.
+ *
+ * This procedure should be used by implementations that do not initialize
+ * all input devices at server startup.  It should do device-dependent
+ * initialization for any devices not previously initialized, and call
+ * AddInputDevice for each of those devices so that a DeviceIntRec will be 
+ * created for them.
+ *
+ * The default implementation is to do nothing (assume all input devices
+ * are initialized during X server initialization and kept open).
+ * The commented-out sample code shows what you might do if you don't want 
+ * the default.
+ *
+ */
+
+void
+AddOtherInputDevices(void)
+{
+    /**********************************************************************
+     for each uninitialized device, do something like: 
+
+    DeviceIntPtr dev;
+    DeviceProc deviceProc;
+    void * private;
+
+    dev = (DeviceIntPtr) AddInputDevice(deviceProc, TRUE);
+    dev->public.devicePrivate = private;
+    RegisterOtherDevice(dev);
+    dev->inited = ((*dev->deviceProc)(dev, DEVICE_INIT) == Success);
+    ************************************************************************/
+
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Caller:	ProcXOpenDevice
+ *
+ * This is the implementation-dependent routine to open an input device.
+ * Some implementations open all input devices when the server is first
+ * initialized, and never close them.  Other implementations open only
+ * the X pointer and keyboard devices during server initialization,
+ * and only open other input devices when some client makes an
+ * XOpenDevice request.  This entry point is for the latter type of 
+ * implementation.
+ *
+ * If the physical device is not already open, do it here.  In this case,
+ * you need to keep track of the fact that one or more clients has the
+ * device open, and physically close it when the last client that has
+ * it open does an XCloseDevice.
+ *
+ * The default implementation is to do nothing (assume all input devices
+ * are opened during X server initialization and kept open).
+ *
+ */
+
+void
+OpenInputDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev, ClientPtr client, int *status)
+{
+}
+
+/****************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Caller:	ProcXSetDeviceMode
+ *
+ * Change the mode of an extension device.
+ * This function is used to change the mode of a device from reporting
+ * relative motion to reporting absolute positional information, and
+ * vice versa.
+ * The default implementation below is that no such devices are supported.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+SetDeviceMode(register ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, int mode)
+{
+    return BadMatch;
+}
+
+/****************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Caller:	ProcXSetDeviceValuators
+ *
+ * Set the value of valuators on an extension input device.
+ * This function is used to set the initial value of valuators on
+ * those input devices that are capable of reporting either relative
+ * motion or an absolute position, and allow an initial position to be set.
+ * The default implementation below is that no such devices are supported.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+SetDeviceValuators(register ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev,
+		   int *valuators, int first_valuator, int num_valuators)
+{
+    return BadMatch;
+}
+
+/****************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Caller:	ProcXChangeDeviceControl
+ *
+ * Change the specified device controls on an extension input device.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+ChangeDeviceControl(register ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev,
+		    xDeviceCtl * control)
+{
+    switch (control->control) {
+    case DEVICE_RESOLUTION:
+	return (BadMatch);
+    default:
+	return (BadMatch);
+    }
+}

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/ungrdev.c

@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1989, 1998  The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+Copyright 1989 by Hewlett-Packard Company, Palo Alto, California.
+
+			All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Hewlett-Packard not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+HEWLETT-PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+HEWLETT-PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Request to release a grab of an extension device.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <nx-X11/X.h>	/* for inputstr.h    */
+#include <nx-X11/Xproto.h>	/* Request macro     */
+#include "inputstr.h"	/* DeviceIntPtr      */
+#include "windowstr.h"	/* window structure  */
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
+#include "extnsionst.h"
+#include "extinit.h"	/* LookupDeviceIntRec */
+#include "exglobals.h"
+
+#include "ungrdev.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Handle requests from a client with a different byte order.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+SProcXUngrabDevice(register ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xUngrabDeviceReq);
+    swaps(&stuff->length);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xUngrabDeviceReq);
+    swapl(&stuff->time);
+    return (ProcXUngrabDevice(client));
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Release a grab of an extension device.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+ProcXUngrabDevice(register ClientPtr client)
+{
+    DeviceIntPtr dev;
+    GrabPtr grab;
+    TimeStamp time;
+
+    REQUEST(xUngrabDeviceReq);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xUngrabDeviceReq);
+
+    dev = LookupDeviceIntRec(stuff->deviceid);
+    if (dev == NULL) {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_UngrabDevice, 0, BadDevice);
+	return Success;
+    }
+    grab = dev->grab;
+
+    time = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->time);
+    if ((CompareTimeStamps(time, currentTime) != LATER) &&
+	(CompareTimeStamps(time, dev->grabTime) != EARLIER) &&
+	(grab) && SameClient(grab, client))
+	(*dev->DeactivateGrab) (dev);
+    return Success;
+}

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/ungrdev.h

@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net>
+
+                        All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of the above listed
+copyright holder(s) not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining
+to distribution of the software without specific, written prior
+permission.
+
+THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD
+TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
+AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef UNGRDEV_H
+#define UNGRDEV_H 1
+
+int SProcXUngrabDevice(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+int ProcXUngrabDevice(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+#endif /* UNGRDEV_H */

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/ungrdevb.c

@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1989, 1998  The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+Copyright 1989 by Hewlett-Packard Company, Palo Alto, California.
+
+			All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Hewlett-Packard not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+HEWLETT-PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+HEWLETT-PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Request to release a grab of a button on an extension device.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <nx-X11/X.h>	/* for inputstr.h    */
+#include <nx-X11/Xproto.h>	/* Request macro     */
+#include "inputstr.h"	/* DeviceIntPtr      */
+#include "windowstr.h"	/* window structure  */
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XI.h>
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
+#include "extnsionst.h"
+#include "extinit.h"	/* LookupDeviceIntRec */
+#include "exglobals.h"
+#include "dixgrabs.h"
+
+#include "ungrdevb.h"
+
+#define AllModifiersMask ( \
+	ShiftMask | LockMask | ControlMask | Mod1Mask | Mod2Mask | \
+	Mod3Mask | Mod4Mask | Mod5Mask )
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Handle requests from a client with a different byte order.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+SProcXUngrabDeviceButton(register ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xUngrabDeviceButtonReq);
+    swaps(&stuff->length);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xUngrabDeviceButtonReq);
+    swapl(&stuff->grabWindow);
+    swaps(&stuff->modifiers);
+    return (ProcXUngrabDeviceButton(client));
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Release a grab of a button on an extension device.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+ProcXUngrabDeviceButton(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    DeviceIntPtr dev;
+    DeviceIntPtr mdev;
+    WindowPtr pWin;
+    GrabRec temporaryGrab;
+
+    REQUEST(xUngrabDeviceButtonReq);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xUngrabDeviceButtonReq);
+
+    dev = LookupDeviceIntRec(stuff->grabbed_device);
+    if (dev == NULL) {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_UngrabDeviceButton, 0, BadDevice);
+	return Success;
+    }
+    if (dev->button == NULL) {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_UngrabDeviceButton, 0, BadMatch);
+	return Success;
+    }
+
+    if (stuff->modifier_device != UseXKeyboard) {
+	mdev = LookupDeviceIntRec(stuff->modifier_device);
+	if (mdev == NULL) {
+	    SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_UngrabDeviceButton, 0,
+			      BadDevice);
+	    return Success;
+	}
+	if (mdev->key == NULL) {
+	    SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_UngrabDeviceButton, 0,
+			      BadMatch);
+	    return Success;
+	}
+    } else
+	mdev = (DeviceIntPtr) LookupKeyboardDevice();
+
+    pWin = LookupWindow(stuff->grabWindow, client);
+    if (!pWin) {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_UngrabDeviceButton, 0, BadWindow);
+	return Success;
+    }
+
+    if ((stuff->modifiers != AnyModifier) &&
+	(stuff->modifiers & ~AllModifiersMask)) {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_UngrabDeviceButton, 0, BadValue);
+	return Success;
+    }
+
+    temporaryGrab.resource = client->clientAsMask;
+    temporaryGrab.device = dev;
+    temporaryGrab.window = pWin;
+    temporaryGrab.type = DeviceButtonPress;
+    temporaryGrab.modifierDevice = mdev;
+    temporaryGrab.modifiersDetail.exact = stuff->modifiers;
+    temporaryGrab.modifiersDetail.pMask = NULL;
+    temporaryGrab.detail.exact = stuff->button;
+    temporaryGrab.detail.pMask = NULL;
+
+    DeletePassiveGrabFromList(&temporaryGrab);
+    return Success;
+}

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/ungrdevb.h

@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net>
+
+                        All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of the above listed
+copyright holder(s) not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining
+to distribution of the software without specific, written prior
+permission.
+
+THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD
+TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
+AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef UNGRDEVB_H
+#define UNGRDEVB_H 1
+
+int SProcXUngrabDeviceButton(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+int ProcXUngrabDeviceButton(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+#endif /* UNGRDEVB_H */

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/ungrdevk.c

@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1989, 1998  The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+Copyright 1989 by Hewlett-Packard Company, Palo Alto, California.
+
+			All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Hewlett-Packard not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+HEWLETT-PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+HEWLETT-PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Request to release a grab of a key on an extension device.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <nx-X11/X.h>	/* for inputstr.h    */
+#include <nx-X11/Xproto.h>	/* Request macro     */
+#include "inputstr.h"	/* DeviceIntPtr      */
+#include "windowstr.h"	/* window structure  */
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XI.h>
+#include <nx-X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
+#include "extnsionst.h"
+#include "extinit.h"	/* LookupDeviceIntRec */
+#include "exglobals.h"
+#include "dixgrabs.h"
+
+#include "ungrdevk.h"
+
+#define AllModifiersMask ( \
+	ShiftMask | LockMask | ControlMask | Mod1Mask | Mod2Mask | \
+	Mod3Mask | Mod4Mask | Mod5Mask )
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Handle requests from a client with a different byte order.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+SProcXUngrabDeviceKey(register ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xUngrabDeviceKeyReq);
+    swaps(&stuff->length);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xUngrabDeviceKeyReq);
+    swapl(&stuff->grabWindow);
+    swaps(&stuff->modifiers);
+    return (ProcXUngrabDeviceKey(client));
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Release a grab of a key on an extension device.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+ProcXUngrabDeviceKey(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    DeviceIntPtr dev;
+    DeviceIntPtr mdev;
+    WindowPtr pWin;
+    GrabRec temporaryGrab;
+
+    REQUEST(xUngrabDeviceKeyReq);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xUngrabDeviceKeyReq);
+
+    dev = LookupDeviceIntRec(stuff->grabbed_device);
+    if (dev == NULL) {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_UngrabDeviceKey, 0, BadDevice);
+	return Success;
+    }
+    if (dev->key == NULL) {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_UngrabDeviceKey, 0, BadMatch);
+	return Success;
+    }
+
+    if (stuff->modifier_device != UseXKeyboard) {
+	mdev = LookupDeviceIntRec(stuff->modifier_device);
+	if (mdev == NULL) {
+	    SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_UngrabDeviceKey, 0,
+			      BadDevice);
+	    return Success;
+	}
+	if (mdev->key == NULL) {
+	    SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_UngrabDeviceKey, 0, BadMatch);
+	    return Success;
+	}
+    } else
+	mdev = (DeviceIntPtr) LookupKeyboardDevice();
+
+    pWin = LookupWindow(stuff->grabWindow, client);
+    if (!pWin) {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_UngrabDeviceKey, 0, BadWindow);
+	return Success;
+    }
+    if (((stuff->key > dev->key->curKeySyms.maxKeyCode) ||
+	 (stuff->key < dev->key->curKeySyms.minKeyCode))
+	&& (stuff->key != AnyKey)) {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_UngrabDeviceKey, 0, BadValue);
+	return Success;
+    }
+    if ((stuff->modifiers != AnyModifier) &&
+	(stuff->modifiers & ~AllModifiersMask)) {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, IReqCode, X_UngrabDeviceKey, 0, BadValue);
+	return Success;
+    }
+
+    temporaryGrab.resource = client->clientAsMask;
+    temporaryGrab.device = dev;
+    temporaryGrab.window = pWin;
+    temporaryGrab.type = DeviceKeyPress;
+    temporaryGrab.modifierDevice = mdev;
+    temporaryGrab.modifiersDetail.exact = stuff->modifiers;
+    temporaryGrab.modifiersDetail.pMask = NULL;
+    temporaryGrab.detail.exact = stuff->key;
+    temporaryGrab.detail.pMask = NULL;
+
+    DeletePassiveGrabFromList(&temporaryGrab);
+    return Success;
+}

nx-X11/programs/Xserver/Xi/ungrdevk.h

@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@clark.net>
+
+                        All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of the above listed
+copyright holder(s) not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining
+to distribution of the software without specific, written prior
+permission.
+
+THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD
+TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
+AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef UNGRDEVK_H
+#define UNGRDEVK_H 1
+
+int SProcXUngrabDeviceKey(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+int ProcXUngrabDeviceKey(ClientPtr	/* client */
+    );
+
+#endif /* UNGRDEVK_H */